1 /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. Copyright (C)
3 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008,
4 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GDB.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
24 #include "gdb_string.h"
28 #include "gdb_regex.h"
33 #include "expression.h"
34 #include "parser-defs.h"
40 #include "breakpoint.h"
43 #include "gdb_obstack.h"
45 #include "completer.h"
52 #include "dictionary.h"
53 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
64 #include "arch-utils.h"
66 /* Define whether or not the C operator '/' truncates towards zero for
67 differently signed operands (truncation direction is undefined in C).
68 Copied from valarith.c. */
70 #ifndef TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO
71 #define TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO ((-5 / 2) == -2)
74 static struct type
*desc_base_type (struct type
*);
76 static struct type
*desc_bounds_type (struct type
*);
78 static struct value
*desc_bounds (struct value
*);
80 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type
*);
82 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type
*);
84 static struct type
*desc_data_target_type (struct type
*);
86 static struct value
*desc_data (struct value
*);
88 static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type
*);
90 static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type
*);
92 static struct value
*desc_one_bound (struct value
*, int, int);
94 static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type
*, int, int);
96 static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type
*, int, int);
98 static struct type
*desc_index_type (struct type
*, int);
100 static int desc_arity (struct type
*);
102 static int ada_type_match (struct type
*, struct type
*, int);
104 static int ada_args_match (struct symbol
*, struct value
**, int);
106 static int full_match (const char *, const char *);
108 static struct value
*make_array_descriptor (struct type
*, struct value
*);
110 static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack
*,
111 struct block
*, const char *,
112 domain_enum
, struct objfile
*, int);
114 static int is_nonfunction (struct ada_symbol_info
*, int);
116 static void add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack
*, struct symbol
*,
119 static int num_defns_collected (struct obstack
*);
121 static struct ada_symbol_info
*defns_collected (struct obstack
*, int);
123 static struct value
*resolve_subexp (struct expression
**, int *, int,
126 static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression
**, int, int, int,
127 struct symbol
*, struct block
*);
129 static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode
, struct value
**);
131 static char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode
);
133 static const char *ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode
);
135 static int numeric_type_p (struct type
*);
137 static int integer_type_p (struct type
*);
139 static int scalar_type_p (struct type
*);
141 static int discrete_type_p (struct type
*);
143 static enum ada_renaming_category
parse_old_style_renaming (struct type
*,
148 static struct symbol
*find_old_style_renaming_symbol (const char *,
151 static struct type
*ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type
*, char *,
154 static struct value
*evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression
*, int *);
156 static struct type
*ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type
*,
159 static int is_dynamic_field (struct type
*, int);
161 static struct type
*to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type
*,
163 CORE_ADDR
, struct value
*);
165 static struct type
*to_fixed_array_type (struct type
*, struct value
*, int);
167 static struct type
*to_fixed_range_type (struct type
*, struct value
*);
169 static struct type
*to_static_fixed_type (struct type
*);
170 static struct type
*static_unwrap_type (struct type
*type
);
172 static struct value
*unwrap_value (struct value
*);
174 static struct type
*constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*, long *);
176 static struct type
*decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*);
178 static long decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type
*);
180 static struct value
*decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value
*);
182 static int ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type
*);
184 static int ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*);
186 static struct value
*value_subscript_packed (struct value
*, int,
189 static void move_bits (gdb_byte
*, int, const gdb_byte
*, int, int, int);
191 static struct value
*coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value
*,
194 static struct value
*get_var_value (char *, char *);
196 static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol
*, struct symbol
*);
198 static int equiv_types (struct type
*, struct type
*);
200 static int is_name_suffix (const char *);
202 static int advance_wild_match (const char **, const char *, int);
204 static int wild_match (const char *, const char *);
206 static struct value
*ada_coerce_ref (struct value
*);
208 static LONGEST
pos_atr (struct value
*);
210 static struct value
*value_pos_atr (struct type
*, struct value
*);
212 static struct value
*value_val_atr (struct type
*, struct value
*);
214 static struct symbol
*standard_lookup (const char *, const struct block
*,
217 static struct value
*ada_search_struct_field (char *, struct value
*, int,
220 static struct value
*ada_value_primitive_field (struct value
*, int, int,
223 static int find_struct_field (char *, struct type
*, int,
224 struct type
**, int *, int *, int *, int *);
226 static struct value
*ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type
*, CORE_ADDR
,
229 static int ada_resolve_function (struct ada_symbol_info
*, int,
230 struct value
**, int, const char *,
233 static int ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type
*);
235 static void ada_language_arch_info (struct gdbarch
*,
236 struct language_arch_info
*);
238 static void check_size (const struct type
*);
240 static struct value
*ada_index_struct_field (int, struct value
*, int,
243 static struct value
*assign_aggregate (struct value
*, struct value
*,
247 static void aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value
*, struct value
*,
249 int *, LONGEST
*, int *,
250 int, LONGEST
, LONGEST
);
252 static void aggregate_assign_positional (struct value
*, struct value
*,
254 int *, LONGEST
*, int *, int,
258 static void aggregate_assign_others (struct value
*, struct value
*,
260 int *, LONGEST
*, int, LONGEST
, LONGEST
);
263 static void add_component_interval (LONGEST
, LONGEST
, LONGEST
*, int *, int);
266 static struct value
*ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type
*, struct expression
*,
269 static void ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression
*, int, int *,
274 /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */
275 static unsigned int varsize_limit
;
277 /* FIXME: brobecker/2003-09-17: No longer a const because it is
278 returned by a function that does not return a const char *. */
279 static char *ada_completer_word_break_characters
=
281 " \t\n!@#%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
283 " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
286 /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram. */
287 static const char ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME
[]
288 = "__gnat_ada_main_program_name";
290 /* Limit on the number of warnings to raise per expression evaluation. */
291 static int warning_limit
= 2;
293 /* Number of warning messages issued; reset to 0 by cleanups after
294 expression evaluation. */
295 static int warnings_issued
= 0;
297 static const char *known_runtime_file_name_patterns
[] = {
298 ADA_KNOWN_RUNTIME_FILE_NAME_PATTERNS NULL
301 static const char *known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns
[] = {
302 ADA_KNOWN_AUXILIARY_FUNCTION_NAME_PATTERNS NULL
305 /* Space for allocating results of ada_lookup_symbol_list. */
306 static struct obstack symbol_list_obstack
;
308 /* Inferior-specific data. */
310 /* Per-inferior data for this module. */
312 struct ada_inferior_data
314 /* The ada__tags__type_specific_data type, which is used when decoding
315 tagged types. With older versions of GNAT, this type was directly
316 accessible through a component ("tsd") in the object tag. But this
317 is no longer the case, so we cache it for each inferior. */
318 struct type
*tsd_type
;
321 /* Our key to this module's inferior data. */
322 static const struct inferior_data
*ada_inferior_data
;
324 /* A cleanup routine for our inferior data. */
326 ada_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
328 struct ada_inferior_data
*data
;
330 data
= inferior_data (inf
, ada_inferior_data
);
335 /* Return our inferior data for the given inferior (INF).
337 This function always returns a valid pointer to an allocated
338 ada_inferior_data structure. If INF's inferior data has not
339 been previously set, this functions creates a new one with all
340 fields set to zero, sets INF's inferior to it, and then returns
341 a pointer to that newly allocated ada_inferior_data. */
343 static struct ada_inferior_data
*
344 get_ada_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
346 struct ada_inferior_data
*data
;
348 data
= inferior_data (inf
, ada_inferior_data
);
351 data
= XZALLOC (struct ada_inferior_data
);
352 set_inferior_data (inf
, ada_inferior_data
, data
);
358 /* Perform all necessary cleanups regarding our module's inferior data
359 that is required after the inferior INF just exited. */
362 ada_inferior_exit (struct inferior
*inf
)
364 ada_inferior_data_cleanup (inf
, NULL
);
365 set_inferior_data (inf
, ada_inferior_data
, NULL
);
370 /* If TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF type, return the target type after
371 all typedef layers have been peeled. Otherwise, return TYPE.
373 Normally, we really expect a typedef type to only have 1 typedef layer.
374 In other words, we really expect the target type of a typedef type to be
375 a non-typedef type. This is particularly true for Ada units, because
376 the language does not have a typedef vs not-typedef distinction.
377 In that respect, the Ada compiler has been trying to eliminate as many
378 typedef definitions in the debugging information, since they generally
379 do not bring any extra information (we still use typedef under certain
380 circumstances related mostly to the GNAT encoding).
382 Unfortunately, we have seen situations where the debugging information
383 generated by the compiler leads to such multiple typedef layers. For
384 instance, consider the following example with stabs:
386 .stabs "pck__float_array___XUP:Tt(0,46)=s16P_ARRAY:(0,47)=[...]"[...]
387 .stabs "pck__float_array___XUP:t(0,36)=(0,46)",128,0,6,0
389 This is an error in the debugging information which causes type
390 pck__float_array___XUP to be defined twice, and the second time,
391 it is defined as a typedef of a typedef.
393 This is on the fringe of legality as far as debugging information is
394 concerned, and certainly unexpected. But it is easy to handle these
395 situations correctly, so we can afford to be lenient in this case. */
398 ada_typedef_target_type (struct type
*type
)
400 while (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
401 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
405 /* Given DECODED_NAME a string holding a symbol name in its
406 decoded form (ie using the Ada dotted notation), returns
407 its unqualified name. */
410 ada_unqualified_name (const char *decoded_name
)
412 const char *result
= strrchr (decoded_name
, '.');
415 result
++; /* Skip the dot... */
417 result
= decoded_name
;
422 /* Return a string starting with '<', followed by STR, and '>'.
423 The result is good until the next call. */
426 add_angle_brackets (const char *str
)
428 static char *result
= NULL
;
431 result
= xstrprintf ("<%s>", str
);
436 ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters (void)
438 return ada_completer_word_break_characters
;
441 /* Print an array element index using the Ada syntax. */
444 ada_print_array_index (struct value
*index_value
, struct ui_file
*stream
,
445 const struct value_print_options
*options
)
447 LA_VALUE_PRINT (index_value
, stream
, options
);
448 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " => ");
451 /* Assuming VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size
452 ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects,
453 updating *SIZE as necessary and returning the (new) array. */
456 grow_vect (void *vect
, size_t *size
, size_t min_size
, int element_size
)
458 if (*size
< min_size
)
461 if (*size
< min_size
)
463 vect
= xrealloc (vect
, *size
* element_size
);
468 /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing
469 suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___". */
472 field_name_match (const char *field_name
, const char *target
)
474 int len
= strlen (target
);
477 (strncmp (field_name
, target
, len
) == 0
478 && (field_name
[len
] == '\0'
479 || (strncmp (field_name
+ len
, "___", 3) == 0
480 && strcmp (field_name
+ strlen (field_name
) - 6,
485 /* Assuming TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT or a TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF to
486 a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT, find the field whose name matches FIELD_NAME,
487 and return its index. This function also handles fields whose name
488 have ___ suffixes because the compiler sometimes alters their name
489 by adding such a suffix to represent fields with certain constraints.
490 If the field could not be found, return a negative number if
491 MAYBE_MISSING is set. Otherwise raise an error. */
494 ada_get_field_index (const struct type
*type
, const char *field_name
,
498 struct type
*struct_type
= check_typedef ((struct type
*) type
);
500 for (fieldno
= 0; fieldno
< TYPE_NFIELDS (struct_type
); fieldno
++)
501 if (field_name_match (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (struct_type
, fieldno
), field_name
))
505 error (_("Unable to find field %s in struct %s. Aborting"),
506 field_name
, TYPE_NAME (struct_type
));
511 /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */
514 ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name
)
520 const char *p
= strstr (name
, "___");
523 return strlen (name
);
529 /* Return non-zero if SUFFIX is a suffix of STR.
530 Return zero if STR is null. */
533 is_suffix (const char *str
, const char *suffix
)
540 len2
= strlen (suffix
);
541 return (len1
>= len2
&& strcmp (str
+ len1
- len2
, suffix
) == 0);
544 /* The contents of value VAL, treated as a value of type TYPE. The
545 result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */
547 static struct value
*
548 coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value
*val
, struct type
*type
)
550 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
551 if (value_type (val
) == type
)
555 struct value
*result
;
557 /* Make sure that the object size is not unreasonable before
558 trying to allocate some memory for it. */
562 || TYPE_LENGTH (type
) > TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val
)))
563 result
= allocate_value_lazy (type
);
566 result
= allocate_value (type
);
567 memcpy (value_contents_raw (result
), value_contents (val
),
570 set_value_component_location (result
, val
);
571 set_value_bitsize (result
, value_bitsize (val
));
572 set_value_bitpos (result
, value_bitpos (val
));
573 set_value_address (result
, value_address (val
));
578 static const gdb_byte
*
579 cond_offset_host (const gdb_byte
*valaddr
, long offset
)
584 return valaddr
+ offset
;
588 cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address
, long offset
)
593 return address
+ offset
;
596 /* Issue a warning (as for the definition of warning in utils.c, but
597 with exactly one argument rather than ...), unless the limit on the
598 number of warnings has passed during the evaluation of the current
601 /* FIXME: cagney/2004-10-10: This function is mimicking the behavior
602 provided by "complaint". */
603 static void lim_warning (const char *format
, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF (1, 2);
606 lim_warning (const char *format
, ...)
610 va_start (args
, format
);
611 warnings_issued
+= 1;
612 if (warnings_issued
<= warning_limit
)
613 vwarning (format
, args
);
618 /* Issue an error if the size of an object of type T is unreasonable,
619 i.e. if it would be a bad idea to allocate a value of this type in
623 check_size (const struct type
*type
)
625 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type
) > varsize_limit
)
626 error (_("object size is larger than varsize-limit"));
629 /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */
631 max_of_size (int size
)
633 LONGEST top_bit
= (LONGEST
) 1 << (size
* 8 - 2);
635 return top_bit
| (top_bit
- 1);
638 /* Minimum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */
640 min_of_size (int size
)
642 return -max_of_size (size
) - 1;
645 /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte unsigned integer type. */
647 umax_of_size (int size
)
649 ULONGEST top_bit
= (ULONGEST
) 1 << (size
* 8 - 1);
651 return top_bit
| (top_bit
- 1);
654 /* Maximum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */
656 max_of_type (struct type
*t
)
658 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
))
659 return (LONGEST
) umax_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t
));
661 return max_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t
));
664 /* Minimum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */
666 min_of_type (struct type
*t
)
668 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
))
671 return min_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t
));
674 /* The largest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */
676 ada_discrete_type_high_bound (struct type
*type
)
678 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
680 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
681 return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type
);
683 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) - 1);
688 return max_of_type (type
);
690 error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_high_bound."));
694 /* The largest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */
696 ada_discrete_type_low_bound (struct type
*type
)
698 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
700 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
701 return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type
);
703 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, 0);
708 return min_of_type (type
);
710 error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_low_bound."));
714 /* The identity on non-range types. For range types, the underlying
715 non-range scalar type. */
718 base_type (struct type
*type
)
720 while (type
!= NULL
&& TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
722 if (type
== TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) || TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) == NULL
)
724 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
730 /* Language Selection */
732 /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG
733 (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found). */
736 ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang
)
738 if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL
,
739 (struct objfile
*) NULL
) != NULL
)
745 /* If the main procedure is written in Ada, then return its name.
746 The result is good until the next call. Return NULL if the main
747 procedure doesn't appear to be in Ada. */
752 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
753 static char *main_program_name
= NULL
;
755 /* For Ada, the name of the main procedure is stored in a specific
756 string constant, generated by the binder. Look for that symbol,
757 extract its address, and then read that string. If we didn't find
758 that string, then most probably the main procedure is not written
760 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME
, NULL
, NULL
);
764 CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr
;
767 main_program_name_addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym
);
768 if (main_program_name_addr
== 0)
769 error (_("Invalid address for Ada main program name."));
771 xfree (main_program_name
);
772 target_read_string (main_program_name_addr
, &main_program_name
,
777 return main_program_name
;
780 /* The main procedure doesn't seem to be in Ada. */
786 /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-encoded names. Last entry is pair
789 const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table
[] = {
790 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD
},
791 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB
},
792 {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL
},
793 {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV
},
794 {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD
},
795 {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM
},
796 {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP
},
797 {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS
},
798 {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ
},
799 {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR
},
800 {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ
},
801 {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL
},
802 {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL
},
803 {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND
},
804 {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
},
805 {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
},
806 {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT
},
807 {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS
},
808 {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
},
809 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS
},
810 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG
},
814 /* The "encoded" form of DECODED, according to GNAT conventions.
815 The result is valid until the next call to ada_encode. */
818 ada_encode (const char *decoded
)
820 static char *encoding_buffer
= NULL
;
821 static size_t encoding_buffer_size
= 0;
828 GROW_VECT (encoding_buffer
, encoding_buffer_size
,
829 2 * strlen (decoded
) + 10);
832 for (p
= decoded
; *p
!= '\0'; p
+= 1)
836 encoding_buffer
[k
] = encoding_buffer
[k
+ 1] = '_';
841 const struct ada_opname_map
*mapping
;
843 for (mapping
= ada_opname_table
;
844 mapping
->encoded
!= NULL
845 && strncmp (mapping
->decoded
, p
,
846 strlen (mapping
->decoded
)) != 0; mapping
+= 1)
848 if (mapping
->encoded
== NULL
)
849 error (_("invalid Ada operator name: %s"), p
);
850 strcpy (encoding_buffer
+ k
, mapping
->encoded
);
851 k
+= strlen (mapping
->encoded
);
856 encoding_buffer
[k
] = *p
;
861 encoding_buffer
[k
] = '\0';
862 return encoding_buffer
;
865 /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single
866 quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good
870 ada_fold_name (const char *name
)
872 static char *fold_buffer
= NULL
;
873 static size_t fold_buffer_size
= 0;
875 int len
= strlen (name
);
876 GROW_VECT (fold_buffer
, fold_buffer_size
, len
+ 1);
880 strncpy (fold_buffer
, name
+ 1, len
- 2);
881 fold_buffer
[len
- 2] = '\000';
887 for (i
= 0; i
<= len
; i
+= 1)
888 fold_buffer
[i
] = tolower (name
[i
]);
894 /* Return nonzero if C is either a digit or a lowercase alphabet character. */
897 is_lower_alphanum (const char c
)
899 return (isdigit (c
) || (isalpha (c
) && islower (c
)));
902 /* Remove either of these suffixes:
907 These are suffixes introduced by the compiler for entities such as
908 nested subprogram for instance, in order to avoid name clashes.
909 They do not serve any purpose for the debugger. */
912 ada_remove_trailing_digits (const char *encoded
, int *len
)
914 if (*len
> 1 && isdigit (encoded
[*len
- 1]))
918 while (i
> 0 && isdigit (encoded
[i
]))
920 if (i
>= 0 && encoded
[i
] == '.')
922 else if (i
>= 0 && encoded
[i
] == '$')
924 else if (i
>= 2 && strncmp (encoded
+ i
- 2, "___", 3) == 0)
926 else if (i
>= 1 && strncmp (encoded
+ i
- 1, "__", 2) == 0)
931 /* Remove the suffix introduced by the compiler for protected object
935 ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (const char *encoded
, int *len
)
937 /* Remove trailing N. */
939 /* Protected entry subprograms are broken into two
940 separate subprograms: The first one is unprotected, and has
941 a 'N' suffix; the second is the protected version, and has
942 the 'P' suffix. The second calls the first one after handling
943 the protection. Since the P subprograms are internally generated,
944 we leave these names undecoded, giving the user a clue that this
945 entity is internal. */
948 && encoded
[*len
- 1] == 'N'
949 && (isdigit (encoded
[*len
- 2]) || islower (encoded
[*len
- 2])))
953 /* Remove trailing X[bn]* suffixes (indicating names in package bodies). */
956 ada_remove_Xbn_suffix (const char *encoded
, int *len
)
960 while (i
> 0 && (encoded
[i
] == 'b' || encoded
[i
] == 'n'))
963 if (encoded
[i
] != 'X')
969 if (isalnum (encoded
[i
-1]))
973 /* If ENCODED follows the GNAT entity encoding conventions, then return
974 the decoded form of ENCODED. Otherwise, return "<%s>" where "%s" is
977 The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_decode.
978 If the string is unchanged by decoding, the original string pointer
982 ada_decode (const char *encoded
)
989 static char *decoding_buffer
= NULL
;
990 static size_t decoding_buffer_size
= 0;
992 /* The name of the Ada main procedure starts with "_ada_".
993 This prefix is not part of the decoded name, so skip this part
994 if we see this prefix. */
995 if (strncmp (encoded
, "_ada_", 5) == 0)
998 /* If the name starts with '_', then it is not a properly encoded
999 name, so do not attempt to decode it. Similarly, if the name
1000 starts with '<', the name should not be decoded. */
1001 if (encoded
[0] == '_' || encoded
[0] == '<')
1004 len0
= strlen (encoded
);
1006 ada_remove_trailing_digits (encoded
, &len0
);
1007 ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (encoded
, &len0
);
1009 /* Remove the ___X.* suffix if present. Do not forget to verify that
1010 the suffix is located before the current "end" of ENCODED. We want
1011 to avoid re-matching parts of ENCODED that have previously been
1012 marked as discarded (by decrementing LEN0). */
1013 p
= strstr (encoded
, "___");
1014 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
- encoded
< len0
- 3)
1022 /* Remove any trailing TKB suffix. It tells us that this symbol
1023 is for the body of a task, but that information does not actually
1024 appear in the decoded name. */
1026 if (len0
> 3 && strncmp (encoded
+ len0
- 3, "TKB", 3) == 0)
1029 /* Remove any trailing TB suffix. The TB suffix is slightly different
1030 from the TKB suffix because it is used for non-anonymous task
1033 if (len0
> 2 && strncmp (encoded
+ len0
- 2, "TB", 2) == 0)
1036 /* Remove trailing "B" suffixes. */
1037 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-04-19: Not sure what this are used for... */
1039 if (len0
> 1 && strncmp (encoded
+ len0
- 1, "B", 1) == 0)
1042 /* Make decoded big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */
1044 GROW_VECT (decoding_buffer
, decoding_buffer_size
, 2 * len0
+ 1);
1045 decoded
= decoding_buffer
;
1047 /* Remove trailing __{digit}+ or trailing ${digit}+. */
1049 if (len0
> 1 && isdigit (encoded
[len0
- 1]))
1052 while ((i
>= 0 && isdigit (encoded
[i
]))
1053 || (i
>= 1 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && isdigit (encoded
[i
- 1])))
1055 if (i
> 1 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
- 1] == '_')
1057 else if (encoded
[i
] == '$')
1061 /* The first few characters that are not alphabetic are not part
1062 of any encoding we use, so we can copy them over verbatim. */
1064 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< len0
&& !isalpha (encoded
[i
]); i
+= 1, j
+= 1)
1065 decoded
[j
] = encoded
[i
];
1070 /* Is this a symbol function? */
1071 if (at_start_name
&& encoded
[i
] == 'O')
1075 for (k
= 0; ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
!= NULL
; k
+= 1)
1077 int op_len
= strlen (ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
);
1078 if ((strncmp (ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
+ 1, encoded
+ i
+ 1,
1080 && !isalnum (encoded
[i
+ op_len
]))
1082 strcpy (decoded
+ j
, ada_opname_table
[k
].decoded
);
1085 j
+= strlen (ada_opname_table
[k
].decoded
);
1089 if (ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
!= NULL
)
1094 /* Replace "TK__" with "__", which will eventually be translated
1095 into "." (just below). */
1097 if (i
< len0
- 4 && strncmp (encoded
+ i
, "TK__", 4) == 0)
1100 /* Replace "__B_{DIGITS}+__" sequences by "__", which will eventually
1101 be translated into "." (just below). These are internal names
1102 generated for anonymous blocks inside which our symbol is nested. */
1104 if (len0
- i
> 5 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
+1] == '_'
1105 && encoded
[i
+2] == 'B' && encoded
[i
+3] == '_'
1106 && isdigit (encoded
[i
+4]))
1110 while (k
< len0
&& isdigit (encoded
[k
]))
1111 k
++; /* Skip any extra digit. */
1113 /* Double-check that the "__B_{DIGITS}+" sequence we found
1114 is indeed followed by "__". */
1115 if (len0
- k
> 2 && encoded
[k
] == '_' && encoded
[k
+1] == '_')
1119 /* Remove _E{DIGITS}+[sb] */
1121 /* Just as for protected object subprograms, there are 2 categories
1122 of subprograms created by the compiler for each entry. The first
1123 one implements the actual entry code, and has a suffix following
1124 the convention above; the second one implements the barrier and
1125 uses the same convention as above, except that the 'E' is replaced
1128 Just as above, we do not decode the name of barrier functions
1129 to give the user a clue that the code he is debugging has been
1130 internally generated. */
1132 if (len0
- i
> 3 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
+1] == 'E'
1133 && isdigit (encoded
[i
+2]))
1137 while (k
< len0
&& isdigit (encoded
[k
]))
1141 && (encoded
[k
] == 'b' || encoded
[k
] == 's'))
1144 /* Just as an extra precaution, make sure that if this
1145 suffix is followed by anything else, it is a '_'.
1146 Otherwise, we matched this sequence by accident. */
1148 || (k
< len0
&& encoded
[k
] == '_'))
1153 /* Remove trailing "N" in [a-z0-9]+N__. The N is added by
1154 the GNAT front-end in protected object subprograms. */
1157 && encoded
[i
] == 'N' && encoded
[i
+1] == '_' && encoded
[i
+2] == '_')
1159 /* Backtrack a bit up until we reach either the begining of
1160 the encoded name, or "__". Make sure that we only find
1161 digits or lowercase characters. */
1162 const char *ptr
= encoded
+ i
- 1;
1164 while (ptr
>= encoded
&& is_lower_alphanum (ptr
[0]))
1167 || (ptr
> encoded
&& ptr
[0] == '_' && ptr
[-1] == '_'))
1171 if (encoded
[i
] == 'X' && i
!= 0 && isalnum (encoded
[i
- 1]))
1173 /* This is a X[bn]* sequence not separated from the previous
1174 part of the name with a non-alpha-numeric character (in other
1175 words, immediately following an alpha-numeric character), then
1176 verify that it is placed at the end of the encoded name. If
1177 not, then the encoding is not valid and we should abort the
1178 decoding. Otherwise, just skip it, it is used in body-nested
1182 while (i
< len0
&& (encoded
[i
] == 'b' || encoded
[i
] == 'n'));
1186 else if (i
< len0
- 2 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
+ 1] == '_')
1188 /* Replace '__' by '.'. */
1196 /* It's a character part of the decoded name, so just copy it
1198 decoded
[j
] = encoded
[i
];
1203 decoded
[j
] = '\000';
1205 /* Decoded names should never contain any uppercase character.
1206 Double-check this, and abort the decoding if we find one. */
1208 for (i
= 0; decoded
[i
] != '\0'; i
+= 1)
1209 if (isupper (decoded
[i
]) || decoded
[i
] == ' ')
1212 if (strcmp (decoded
, encoded
) == 0)
1218 GROW_VECT (decoding_buffer
, decoding_buffer_size
, strlen (encoded
) + 3);
1219 decoded
= decoding_buffer
;
1220 if (encoded
[0] == '<')
1221 strcpy (decoded
, encoded
);
1223 xsnprintf (decoded
, decoding_buffer_size
, "<%s>", encoded
);
1228 /* Table for keeping permanent unique copies of decoded names. Once
1229 allocated, names in this table are never released. While this is a
1230 storage leak, it should not be significant unless there are massive
1231 changes in the set of decoded names in successive versions of a
1232 symbol table loaded during a single session. */
1233 static struct htab
*decoded_names_store
;
1235 /* Returns the decoded name of GSYMBOL, as for ada_decode, caching it
1236 in the language-specific part of GSYMBOL, if it has not been
1237 previously computed. Tries to save the decoded name in the same
1238 obstack as GSYMBOL, if possible, and otherwise on the heap (so that,
1239 in any case, the decoded symbol has a lifetime at least that of
1241 The GSYMBOL parameter is "mutable" in the C++ sense: logically
1242 const, but nevertheless modified to a semantically equivalent form
1243 when a decoded name is cached in it. */
1246 ada_decode_symbol (const struct general_symbol_info
*gsymbol
)
1249 (char **) &gsymbol
->language_specific
.mangled_lang
.demangled_name
;
1251 if (*resultp
== NULL
)
1253 const char *decoded
= ada_decode (gsymbol
->name
);
1255 if (gsymbol
->obj_section
!= NULL
)
1257 struct objfile
*objf
= gsymbol
->obj_section
->objfile
;
1259 *resultp
= obsavestring (decoded
, strlen (decoded
),
1260 &objf
->objfile_obstack
);
1262 /* Sometimes, we can't find a corresponding objfile, in which
1263 case, we put the result on the heap. Since we only decode
1264 when needed, we hope this usually does not cause a
1265 significant memory leak (FIXME). */
1266 if (*resultp
== NULL
)
1268 char **slot
= (char **) htab_find_slot (decoded_names_store
,
1272 *slot
= xstrdup (decoded
);
1281 ada_la_decode (const char *encoded
, int options
)
1283 return xstrdup (ada_decode (encoded
));
1286 /* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing
1287 suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on
1288 SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging
1289 information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a
1290 suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if
1291 either argument is NULL. */
1294 match_name (const char *sym_name
, const char *name
, int wild
)
1296 if (sym_name
== NULL
|| name
== NULL
)
1299 return wild_match (sym_name
, name
) == 0;
1302 int len_name
= strlen (name
);
1304 return (strncmp (sym_name
, name
, len_name
) == 0
1305 && is_name_suffix (sym_name
+ len_name
))
1306 || (strncmp (sym_name
, "_ada_", 5) == 0
1307 && strncmp (sym_name
+ 5, name
, len_name
) == 0
1308 && is_name_suffix (sym_name
+ len_name
+ 5));
1315 /* Assuming that INDEX_DESC_TYPE is an ___XA structure, a structure
1316 generated by the GNAT compiler to describe the index type used
1317 for each dimension of an array, check whether it follows the latest
1318 known encoding. If not, fix it up to conform to the latest encoding.
1319 Otherwise, do nothing. This function also does nothing if
1320 INDEX_DESC_TYPE is NULL.
1322 The GNAT encoding used to describle the array index type evolved a bit.
1323 Initially, the information would be provided through the name of each
1324 field of the structure type only, while the type of these fields was
1325 described as unspecified and irrelevant. The debugger was then expected
1326 to perform a global type lookup using the name of that field in order
1327 to get access to the full index type description. Because these global
1328 lookups can be very expensive, the encoding was later enhanced to make
1329 the global lookup unnecessary by defining the field type as being
1330 the full index type description.
1332 The purpose of this routine is to allow us to support older versions
1333 of the compiler by detecting the use of the older encoding, and by
1334 fixing up the INDEX_DESC_TYPE to follow the new one (at this point,
1335 we essentially replace each field's meaningless type by the associated
1339 ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (struct type
*index_desc_type
)
1343 if (index_desc_type
== NULL
)
1345 gdb_assert (TYPE_NFIELDS (index_desc_type
) > 0);
1347 /* Check if INDEX_DESC_TYPE follows the older encoding (it is sufficient
1348 to check one field only, no need to check them all). If not, return
1351 If our INDEX_DESC_TYPE was generated using the older encoding,
1352 the field type should be a meaningless integer type whose name
1353 is not equal to the field name. */
1354 if (TYPE_NAME (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type
, 0)) != NULL
1355 && strcmp (TYPE_NAME (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type
, 0)),
1356 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_desc_type
, 0)) == 0)
1359 /* Fixup each field of INDEX_DESC_TYPE. */
1360 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (index_desc_type
); i
++)
1362 char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_desc_type
, i
);
1363 struct type
*raw_type
= ada_check_typedef (ada_find_any_type (name
));
1366 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type
, i
) = raw_type
;
1370 /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of array descriptors. */
1372 static char *bound_name
[] = {
1373 "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3",
1374 "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7"
1377 /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */
1379 #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char *)))
1382 /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors
1385 /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes
1386 level of indirection, if needed. */
1388 static struct type
*
1389 desc_base_type (struct type
*type
)
1393 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1394 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
1395 type
= ada_typedef_target_type (type
);
1398 && (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1399 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
))
1400 return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
1405 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */
1408 is_thin_pntr (struct type
*type
)
1411 is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
)), "___XUT")
1412 || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
)), "___XUT___XVE");
1415 /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */
1417 static struct type
*
1418 thin_descriptor_type (struct type
*type
)
1420 struct type
*base_type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1422 if (base_type
== NULL
)
1424 if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type
), "___XVE"))
1428 struct type
*alt_type
= ada_find_parallel_type (base_type
, "___XVE");
1430 if (alt_type
== NULL
)
1437 /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */
1439 static struct value
*
1440 thin_data_pntr (struct value
*val
)
1442 struct type
*type
= value_type (val
);
1443 struct type
*data_type
= desc_data_target_type (thin_descriptor_type (type
));
1445 data_type
= lookup_pointer_type (data_type
);
1447 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1448 return value_cast (data_type
, value_copy (val
));
1450 return value_from_longest (data_type
, value_address (val
));
1453 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */
1456 is_thick_pntr (struct type
*type
)
1458 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1459 return (type
!= NULL
&& TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1460 && lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
);
1463 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
1464 pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */
1466 static struct type
*
1467 desc_bounds_type (struct type
*type
)
1471 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1475 else if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1477 type
= thin_descriptor_type (type
);
1480 r
= lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "BOUNDS", 1);
1482 return ada_check_typedef (r
);
1484 else if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
1486 r
= lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_BOUNDS", 1);
1488 return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (r
)));
1493 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to
1494 one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */
1496 static struct value
*
1497 desc_bounds (struct value
*arr
)
1499 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
1501 if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1503 struct type
*bounds_type
=
1504 desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type
));
1507 if (bounds_type
== NULL
)
1508 error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1510 /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but
1511 since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be),
1512 the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */
1513 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1514 addr
= value_as_long (arr
);
1516 addr
= value_address (arr
);
1519 value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type
),
1520 addr
- TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type
));
1523 else if (is_thick_pntr (type
))
1525 struct value
*p_bounds
= value_struct_elt (&arr
, NULL
, "P_BOUNDS", NULL
,
1526 _("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1527 struct type
*p_bounds_type
= value_type (p_bounds
);
1530 && TYPE_CODE (p_bounds_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1532 struct type
*target_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_bounds_type
);
1534 if (TYPE_STUB (target_type
))
1535 p_bounds
= value_cast (lookup_pointer_type
1536 (ada_check_typedef (target_type
)),
1540 error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1548 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1549 position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
1552 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type
*type
)
1554 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type
), 1);
1557 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1558 size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
1561 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type
*type
)
1563 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1565 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 1) > 0)
1566 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 1);
1568 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, 1)));
1571 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
1572 pointer to one, the type of its array data (a array-with-no-bounds type);
1573 otherwise, NULL. Use ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds
1576 static struct type
*
1577 desc_data_target_type (struct type
*type
)
1579 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1581 /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */
1582 if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1583 return desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type
), 1));
1584 else if (is_thick_pntr (type
))
1586 struct type
*data_type
= lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_ARRAY", 1);
1589 && TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (data_type
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1590 return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type
));
1596 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to
1599 static struct value
*
1600 desc_data (struct value
*arr
)
1602 struct type
*type
= value_type (arr
);
1604 if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1605 return thin_data_pntr (arr
);
1606 else if (is_thick_pntr (type
))
1607 return value_struct_elt (&arr
, NULL
, "P_ARRAY", NULL
,
1608 _("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1614 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1615 position of the field containing the address of the data. */
1618 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type
*type
)
1620 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type
), 0);
1623 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1624 size of the field containing the address of the data. */
1627 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type
*type
)
1629 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1631 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 0) > 0)
1632 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 0);
1634 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, 0));
1637 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return
1638 the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
1639 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
1641 static struct value
*
1642 desc_one_bound (struct value
*bounds
, int i
, int which
)
1644 return value_struct_elt (&bounds
, NULL
, bound_name
[2 * i
+ which
- 2], NULL
,
1645 _("Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds"));
1648 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position
1649 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
1650 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
1653 desc_bound_bitpos (struct type
*type
, int i
, int which
)
1655 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type
), 2 * i
+ which
- 2);
1658 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size
1659 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
1660 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
1663 desc_bound_bitsize (struct type
*type
, int i
, int which
)
1665 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1667 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 2 * i
+ which
- 2) > 0)
1668 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 2 * i
+ which
- 2);
1670 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, 2 * i
+ which
- 2));
1673 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its
1674 Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */
1676 static struct type
*
1677 desc_index_type (struct type
*type
, int i
)
1679 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1681 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
1682 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, bound_name
[2 * i
- 2], 1);
1687 /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE.
1688 Return 0 if TYPE is NULL. */
1691 desc_arity (struct type
*type
)
1693 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1696 return TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) / 2;
1700 /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type (not a pointer to one) or
1701 an array descriptor type (representing an unconstrained array
1705 ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1709 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1710 return (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1711 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
));
1714 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents any kind of array in Ada, or a pointer
1718 ada_is_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1721 && (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1722 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
))
1723 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
1724 return ada_is_direct_array_type (type
);
1727 /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type or pointer to one. */
1730 ada_is_simple_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1734 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1735 return (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1736 || (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1737 && TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)))
1738 == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
));
1741 /* Non-zero iff TYPE belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */
1744 ada_is_array_descriptor_type (struct type
*type
)
1746 struct type
*data_type
= desc_data_target_type (type
);
1750 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1751 return (data_type
!= NULL
1752 && TYPE_CODE (data_type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1753 && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type
)) > 0);
1756 /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array
1757 descriptor. FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with
1758 debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it
1762 ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type
*type
)
1766 && TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1767 && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
1768 || lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL
)
1769 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
);
1773 /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor,
1774 (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically,
1775 a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled
1776 in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If
1777 the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero,
1778 returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not
1781 ada_type_of_array (struct value
*arr
, int bounds
)
1783 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1784 return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
));
1786 if (!ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr
)))
1787 return value_type (arr
);
1791 struct type
*array_type
=
1792 ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (value_type (arr
)));
1794 if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1795 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (array_type
, 0) =
1796 decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr
));
1802 struct type
*elt_type
;
1804 struct value
*descriptor
;
1806 elt_type
= ada_array_element_type (value_type (arr
), -1);
1807 arity
= ada_array_arity (value_type (arr
));
1809 if (elt_type
== NULL
|| arity
== 0)
1810 return ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
1812 descriptor
= desc_bounds (arr
);
1813 if (value_as_long (descriptor
) == 0)
1817 struct type
*range_type
= alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr
));
1818 struct type
*array_type
= alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr
));
1819 struct value
*low
= desc_one_bound (descriptor
, arity
, 0);
1820 struct value
*high
= desc_one_bound (descriptor
, arity
, 1);
1823 create_range_type (range_type
, value_type (low
),
1824 longest_to_int (value_as_long (low
)),
1825 longest_to_int (value_as_long (high
)));
1826 elt_type
= create_array_type (array_type
, elt_type
, range_type
);
1828 if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1830 /* We need to store the element packed bitsize, as well as
1831 recompute the array size, because it was previously
1832 computed based on the unpacked element size. */
1833 LONGEST lo
= value_as_long (low
);
1834 LONGEST hi
= value_as_long (high
);
1836 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0) =
1837 decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr
));
1838 /* If the array has no element, then the size is already
1839 zero, and does not need to be recomputed. */
1843 (hi
- lo
+ 1) * TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0);
1845 TYPE_LENGTH (array_type
) = (array_bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1850 return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type
);
1854 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1855 Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set
1856 appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard
1857 GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */
1860 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value
*arr
)
1862 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr
)))
1864 struct type
*arrType
= ada_type_of_array (arr
, 1);
1866 if (arrType
== NULL
)
1868 return value_cast (arrType
, value_copy (desc_data (arr
)));
1870 else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1871 return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
);
1876 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1877 Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may
1878 be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */
1881 ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value
*arr
)
1883 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr
)))
1885 struct value
*arrVal
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr
);
1888 error (_("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer."));
1889 check_size (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (arrVal
)));
1890 return value_ind (arrVal
);
1892 else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1893 return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
);
1898 /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an
1899 ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating
1900 packing). For other types, is the identity. */
1903 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1905 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type
))
1906 return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type
);
1908 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
1909 return ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (type
));
1914 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */
1917 ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1921 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1922 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1924 ada_type_name (type
) != NULL
1925 && strstr (ada_type_name (type
), "___XP") != NULL
;
1928 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT constrained
1929 packed-array type. */
1932 ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1934 return ada_is_packed_array_type (type
)
1935 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
);
1938 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents an array descriptor for a
1939 unconstrained packed-array type. */
1942 ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1944 return ada_is_packed_array_type (type
)
1945 && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
);
1948 /* Given that TYPE encodes a packed array type (constrained or unconstrained),
1949 return the size of its elements in bits. */
1952 decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type
*type
)
1958 /* Access to arrays implemented as fat pointers are encoded as a typedef
1959 of the fat pointer type. We need the name of the fat pointer type
1960 to do the decoding, so strip the typedef layer. */
1961 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
1962 type
= ada_typedef_target_type (type
);
1964 raw_name
= ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type
));
1966 raw_name
= ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
));
1971 tail
= strstr (raw_name
, "___XP");
1972 gdb_assert (tail
!= NULL
);
1974 if (sscanf (tail
+ sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits
) != 1)
1977 (_("could not understand bit size information on packed array"));
1984 /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled
1985 in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents
1986 (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its
1987 elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type,
1988 but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any
1989 constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its
1990 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size
1993 static struct type
*
1994 constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
, long *elt_bits
)
1996 struct type
*new_elt_type
;
1997 struct type
*new_type
;
1998 LONGEST low_bound
, high_bound
;
2000 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
2001 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2004 new_type
= alloc_type_copy (type
);
2006 constrained_packed_array_type (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)),
2008 create_array_type (new_type
, new_elt_type
, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
));
2009 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type
, 0) = *elt_bits
;
2010 TYPE_NAME (new_type
) = ada_type_name (type
);
2012 if (get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
),
2013 &low_bound
, &high_bound
) < 0)
2014 low_bound
= high_bound
= 0;
2015 if (high_bound
< low_bound
)
2016 *elt_bits
= TYPE_LENGTH (new_type
) = 0;
2019 *elt_bits
*= (high_bound
- low_bound
+ 1);
2020 TYPE_LENGTH (new_type
) =
2021 (*elt_bits
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2024 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (new_type
) = 1;
2028 /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where
2029 ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (TYPE). */
2031 static struct type
*
2032 decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
2034 char *raw_name
= ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type
));
2037 struct type
*shadow_type
;
2041 raw_name
= ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
));
2046 name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name
) + 1);
2047 tail
= strstr (raw_name
, "___XP");
2048 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2050 memcpy (name
, raw_name
, tail
- raw_name
);
2051 name
[tail
- raw_name
] = '\000';
2053 shadow_type
= ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type
, name
);
2055 if (shadow_type
== NULL
)
2057 lim_warning (_("could not find bounds information on packed array"));
2060 CHECK_TYPEDEF (shadow_type
);
2062 if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2064 lim_warning (_("could not understand bounds "
2065 "information on packed array"));
2069 bits
= decode_packed_array_bitsize (type
);
2070 return constrained_packed_array_type (shadow_type
, &bits
);
2073 /* Given that ARR is a struct value *indicating a GNAT constrained packed
2074 array, returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a
2075 standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array
2076 target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the
2077 type length is set appropriately. */
2079 static struct value
*
2080 decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value
*arr
)
2084 arr
= ada_coerce_ref (arr
);
2086 /* If our value is a pointer, then dererence it. Make sure that
2087 this operation does not cause the target type to be fixed, as
2088 this would indirectly cause this array to be decoded. The rest
2089 of the routine assumes that the array hasn't been decoded yet,
2090 so we use the basic "value_ind" routine to perform the dereferencing,
2091 as opposed to using "ada_value_ind". */
2092 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arr
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
2093 arr
= value_ind (arr
);
2095 type
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
));
2098 error (_("can't unpack array"));
2102 if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (value_type (arr
)))
2103 && ada_is_modular_type (value_type (arr
)))
2105 /* This is a (right-justified) modular type representing a packed
2106 array with no wrapper. In order to interpret the value through
2107 the (left-justified) packed array type we just built, we must
2108 first left-justify it. */
2109 int bit_size
, bit_pos
;
2112 mod
= ada_modulus (value_type (arr
)) - 1;
2119 bit_pos
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arr
)) - bit_size
;
2120 arr
= ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr
, NULL
,
2121 bit_pos
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
,
2122 bit_pos
% HOST_CHAR_BIT
,
2127 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr
, type
);
2131 /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices
2132 given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */
2134 static struct value
*
2135 value_subscript_packed (struct value
*arr
, int arity
, struct value
**ind
)
2138 int bits
, elt_off
, bit_off
;
2139 long elt_total_bit_offset
;
2140 struct type
*elt_type
;
2144 elt_total_bit_offset
= 0;
2145 elt_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
2146 for (i
= 0; i
< arity
; i
+= 1)
2148 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2149 || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0) == 0)
2151 (_("attempt to do packed indexing of "
2152 "something other than a packed array"));
2155 struct type
*range_type
= TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type
);
2156 LONGEST lowerbound
, upperbound
;
2159 if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type
, &lowerbound
, &upperbound
) < 0)
2161 lim_warning (_("don't know bounds of array"));
2162 lowerbound
= upperbound
= 0;
2165 idx
= pos_atr (ind
[i
]);
2166 if (idx
< lowerbound
|| idx
> upperbound
)
2167 lim_warning (_("packed array index %ld out of bounds"),
2169 bits
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0);
2170 elt_total_bit_offset
+= (idx
- lowerbound
) * bits
;
2171 elt_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type
));
2174 elt_off
= elt_total_bit_offset
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2175 bit_off
= elt_total_bit_offset
% HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2177 v
= ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr
, NULL
, elt_off
, bit_off
,
2182 /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */
2185 has_negatives (struct type
*type
)
2187 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
2192 return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
);
2193 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
2194 return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type
) < 0;
2199 /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting
2200 at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte,
2201 proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then
2202 assigning through the result will set the field fetched from.
2203 VALADDR is ignored unless OBJ is NULL, in which case,
2204 VALADDR+OFFSET must address the start of storage containing the
2205 packed value. The value returned in this case is never an lval.
2206 Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */
2209 ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value
*obj
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
2210 long offset
, int bit_offset
, int bit_size
,
2214 int src
, /* Index into the source area */
2215 targ
, /* Index into the target area */
2216 srcBitsLeft
, /* Number of source bits left to move */
2217 nsrc
, ntarg
, /* Number of source and target bytes */
2218 unusedLS
, /* Number of bits in next significant
2219 byte of source that are unused */
2220 accumSize
; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */
2221 unsigned char *bytes
; /* First byte containing data to unpack */
2222 unsigned char *unpacked
;
2223 unsigned long accum
; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */
2225 int len
= (bit_size
+ bit_offset
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / 8;
2226 /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the direction
2227 the indices move. */
2228 int delta
= gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type
)) ? -1 : 1;
2230 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
2234 v
= allocate_value (type
);
2235 bytes
= (unsigned char *) (valaddr
+ offset
);
2237 else if (VALUE_LVAL (obj
) == lval_memory
&& value_lazy (obj
))
2240 value_address (obj
) + offset
);
2241 bytes
= (unsigned char *) alloca (len
);
2242 read_memory (value_address (v
), bytes
, len
);
2246 v
= allocate_value (type
);
2247 bytes
= (unsigned char *) value_contents (obj
) + offset
;
2254 set_value_component_location (v
, obj
);
2255 new_addr
= value_address (obj
) + offset
;
2256 set_value_bitpos (v
, bit_offset
+ value_bitpos (obj
));
2257 set_value_bitsize (v
, bit_size
);
2258 if (value_bitpos (v
) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT
)
2261 set_value_bitpos (v
, value_bitpos (v
) - HOST_CHAR_BIT
);
2263 set_value_address (v
, new_addr
);
2266 set_value_bitsize (v
, bit_size
);
2267 unpacked
= (unsigned char *) value_contents (v
);
2269 srcBitsLeft
= bit_size
;
2271 ntarg
= TYPE_LENGTH (type
);
2275 memset (unpacked
, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
2278 else if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type
)))
2281 if (has_negatives (type
)
2282 && ((bytes
[0] << bit_offset
) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1))))
2286 (HOST_CHAR_BIT
- (bit_size
+ bit_offset
) % HOST_CHAR_BIT
)
2289 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
2291 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
2292 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
2293 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
2294 /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary... */
2296 (HOST_CHAR_BIT
- bit_size
% HOST_CHAR_BIT
) % HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2297 /* ... And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes
2299 targ
= (bit_size
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1;
2304 targ
= TYPE_LENGTH (type
) - 1;
2310 int sign_bit_offset
= (bit_size
+ bit_offset
- 1) % 8;
2313 unusedLS
= bit_offset
;
2316 if (has_negatives (type
) && (bytes
[len
- 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset
)))
2323 /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not
2324 part of the value. */
2325 unsigned int unusedMSMask
=
2326 (1 << (srcBitsLeft
>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
? HOST_CHAR_BIT
: srcBitsLeft
)) -
2328 /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */
2329 unsigned int signMask
= sign
& ~unusedMSMask
;
2332 (((bytes
[src
] >> unusedLS
) & unusedMSMask
) | signMask
) << accumSize
;
2333 accumSize
+= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- unusedLS
;
2334 if (accumSize
>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
)
2336 unpacked
[targ
] = accum
& ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT
);
2337 accumSize
-= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2338 accum
>>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2342 srcBitsLeft
-= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- unusedLS
;
2349 accum
|= sign
<< accumSize
;
2350 unpacked
[targ
] = accum
& ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT
);
2351 accumSize
-= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2352 accum
>>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2360 /* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to
2361 TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must
2364 move_bits (gdb_byte
*target
, int targ_offset
, const gdb_byte
*source
,
2365 int src_offset
, int n
, int bits_big_endian_p
)
2367 unsigned int accum
, mask
;
2368 int accum_bits
, chunk_size
;
2370 target
+= targ_offset
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2371 targ_offset
%= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2372 source
+= src_offset
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2373 src_offset
%= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2374 if (bits_big_endian_p
)
2376 accum
= (unsigned char) *source
;
2378 accum_bits
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- src_offset
;
2384 accum
= (accum
<< HOST_CHAR_BIT
) + (unsigned char) *source
;
2385 accum_bits
+= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2387 chunk_size
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- targ_offset
;
2390 unused_right
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- (chunk_size
+ targ_offset
);
2391 mask
= ((1 << chunk_size
) - 1) << unused_right
;
2394 | ((accum
>> (accum_bits
- chunk_size
- unused_right
)) & mask
);
2396 accum_bits
-= chunk_size
;
2403 accum
= (unsigned char) *source
>> src_offset
;
2405 accum_bits
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- src_offset
;
2409 accum
= accum
+ ((unsigned char) *source
<< accum_bits
);
2410 accum_bits
+= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2412 chunk_size
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- targ_offset
;
2415 mask
= ((1 << chunk_size
) - 1) << targ_offset
;
2416 *target
= (*target
& ~mask
) | ((accum
<< targ_offset
) & mask
);
2418 accum_bits
-= chunk_size
;
2419 accum
>>= chunk_size
;
2426 /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL.
2427 Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of
2428 FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have
2429 floating-point or non-scalar types. */
2431 static struct value
*
2432 ada_value_assign (struct value
*toval
, struct value
*fromval
)
2434 struct type
*type
= value_type (toval
);
2435 int bits
= value_bitsize (toval
);
2437 toval
= ada_coerce_ref (toval
);
2438 fromval
= ada_coerce_ref (fromval
);
2440 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (toval
)))
2441 toval
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (toval
);
2442 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (fromval
)))
2443 fromval
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (fromval
);
2445 if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (toval
))
2446 error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue."));
2448 if (VALUE_LVAL (toval
) == lval_memory
2450 && (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
2451 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
))
2453 int len
= (value_bitpos (toval
)
2454 + bits
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2456 char *buffer
= (char *) alloca (len
);
2458 CORE_ADDR to_addr
= value_address (toval
);
2460 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
)
2461 fromval
= value_cast (type
, fromval
);
2463 read_memory (to_addr
, buffer
, len
);
2464 from_size
= value_bitsize (fromval
);
2466 from_size
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
2467 if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type
)))
2468 move_bits (buffer
, value_bitpos (toval
),
2469 value_contents (fromval
), from_size
- bits
, bits
, 1);
2471 move_bits (buffer
, value_bitpos (toval
),
2472 value_contents (fromval
), 0, bits
, 0);
2473 write_memory (to_addr
, buffer
, len
);
2474 observer_notify_memory_changed (to_addr
, len
, buffer
);
2476 val
= value_copy (toval
);
2477 memcpy (value_contents_raw (val
), value_contents (fromval
),
2478 TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
2479 deprecated_set_value_type (val
, type
);
2484 return value_assign (toval
, fromval
);
2488 /* Given that COMPONENT is a memory lvalue that is part of the lvalue
2489 * CONTAINER, assign the contents of VAL to COMPONENTS's place in
2490 * CONTAINER. Modifies the VALUE_CONTENTS of CONTAINER only, not
2491 * COMPONENT, and not the inferior's memory. The current contents
2492 * of COMPONENT are ignored. */
2494 value_assign_to_component (struct value
*container
, struct value
*component
,
2497 LONGEST offset_in_container
=
2498 (LONGEST
) (value_address (component
) - value_address (container
));
2499 int bit_offset_in_container
=
2500 value_bitpos (component
) - value_bitpos (container
);
2503 val
= value_cast (value_type (component
), val
);
2505 if (value_bitsize (component
) == 0)
2506 bits
= TARGET_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component
));
2508 bits
= value_bitsize (component
);
2510 if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (value_type (container
))))
2511 move_bits (value_contents_writeable (container
) + offset_in_container
,
2512 value_bitpos (container
) + bit_offset_in_container
,
2513 value_contents (val
),
2514 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
- bits
,
2517 move_bits (value_contents_writeable (container
) + offset_in_container
,
2518 value_bitpos (container
) + bit_offset_in_container
,
2519 value_contents (val
), 0, bits
, 0);
2522 /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND.
2523 ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer
2527 ada_value_subscript (struct value
*arr
, int arity
, struct value
**ind
)
2531 struct type
*elt_type
;
2533 elt
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr
);
2535 elt_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (elt
));
2536 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2537 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0) > 0)
2538 return value_subscript_packed (elt
, arity
, ind
);
2540 for (k
= 0; k
< arity
; k
+= 1)
2542 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2543 error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k
);
2544 elt
= value_subscript (elt
, pos_atr (ind
[k
]));
2549 /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the
2550 value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in
2551 IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */
2553 static struct value
*
2554 ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value
*arr
, struct type
*type
, int arity
,
2559 for (k
= 0; k
< arity
; k
+= 1)
2563 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2564 error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k
);
2565 arr
= value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)),
2567 get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
), &lwb
, &upb
);
2568 arr
= value_ptradd (arr
, pos_atr (ind
[k
]) - lwb
);
2569 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2572 return value_ind (arr
);
2575 /* Given that ARRAY_PTR is a pointer or reference to an array of type TYPE (the
2576 actual type of ARRAY_PTR is ignored), returns the Ada slice of HIGH-LOW+1
2577 elements starting at index LOW. The lower bound of this array is LOW, as
2579 static struct value
*
2580 ada_value_slice_from_ptr (struct value
*array_ptr
, struct type
*type
,
2583 struct type
*type0
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
2584 CORE_ADDR base
= value_as_address (array_ptr
)
2585 + ((low
- ada_discrete_type_low_bound (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0
)))
2586 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
)));
2587 struct type
*index_type
=
2588 create_range_type (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0
)),
2590 struct type
*slice_type
=
2591 create_array_type (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
), index_type
);
2593 return value_at_lazy (slice_type
, base
);
2597 static struct value
*
2598 ada_value_slice (struct value
*array
, int low
, int high
)
2600 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (array
));
2601 struct type
*index_type
=
2602 create_range_type (NULL
, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
), low
, high
);
2603 struct type
*slice_type
=
2604 create_array_type (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), index_type
);
2606 return value_cast (slice_type
, value_slice (array
, low
, high
- low
+ 1));
2609 /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
2610 descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a
2611 simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its
2612 type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */
2615 ada_array_arity (struct type
*type
)
2622 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2625 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
2626 return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type
));
2628 while (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2631 type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
2637 /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
2638 descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for
2639 TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if
2640 NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */
2643 ada_array_element_type (struct type
*type
, int nindices
)
2645 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2647 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
2650 struct type
*p_array_type
;
2652 p_array_type
= desc_data_target_type (type
);
2654 k
= ada_array_arity (type
);
2658 /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[]. */
2659 if (nindices
>= 0 && k
> nindices
)
2661 while (k
> 0 && p_array_type
!= NULL
)
2663 p_array_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type
));
2666 return p_array_type
;
2668 else if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2670 while (nindices
!= 0 && TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2672 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2681 /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1).
2682 Does not examine memory. Throws an error if N is invalid or TYPE
2683 is not an array type. NAME is the name of the Ada attribute being
2684 evaluated ('range, 'first, 'last, or 'length); it is used in building
2685 the error message. */
2687 static struct type
*
2688 ada_index_type (struct type
*type
, int n
, const char *name
)
2690 struct type
*result_type
;
2692 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2694 if (n
< 0 || n
> ada_array_arity (type
))
2695 error (_("invalid dimension number to '%s"), name
);
2697 if (ada_is_simple_array_type (type
))
2701 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
2702 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2703 result_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
));
2704 /* FIXME: The stabs type r(0,0);bound;bound in an array type
2705 has a target type of TYPE_CODE_UNDEF. We compensate here, but
2706 perhaps stabsread.c would make more sense. */
2707 if (result_type
&& TYPE_CODE (result_type
) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF
)
2712 result_type
= desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type
), n
);
2713 if (result_type
== NULL
)
2714 error (_("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array"));
2720 /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the
2721 Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
2722 WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an
2723 array-descriptor type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied
2724 by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
2727 ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type
* arr_type
, int n
, int which
)
2729 struct type
*type
, *elt_type
, *index_type_desc
, *index_type
;
2732 gdb_assert (which
== 0 || which
== 1);
2734 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
))
2735 arr_type
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
);
2737 if (arr_type
== NULL
|| !ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type
))
2738 return (LONGEST
) - which
;
2740 if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
2741 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type
);
2746 for (i
= n
; i
> 1; i
--)
2747 elt_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2749 index_type_desc
= ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XA");
2750 ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (index_type_desc
);
2751 if (index_type_desc
!= NULL
)
2752 index_type
= to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc
, n
- 1),
2755 index_type
= TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type
);
2758 (LONGEST
) (which
== 0
2759 ? ada_discrete_type_low_bound (index_type
)
2760 : ada_discrete_type_high_bound (index_type
));
2763 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the
2764 nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
2765 WHICH is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
2766 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
2769 ada_array_bound (struct value
*arr
, int n
, int which
)
2771 struct type
*arr_type
= value_type (arr
);
2773 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
))
2774 return ada_array_bound (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
), n
, which
);
2775 else if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type
))
2776 return ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type
, n
, which
);
2778 return value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr
), n
, which
));
2781 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the
2782 nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
2783 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants.
2784 Does not work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation
2785 clauses at the moment. */
2788 ada_array_length (struct value
*arr
, int n
)
2790 struct type
*arr_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
2792 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
))
2793 return ada_array_length (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
), n
);
2795 if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type
))
2796 return (ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type
, n
, 1)
2797 - ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type
, n
, 0) + 1);
2799 return (value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr
), n
, 1))
2800 - value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr
), n
, 0)) + 1);
2803 /* An empty array whose type is that of ARR_TYPE (an array type),
2804 with bounds LOW to LOW-1. */
2806 static struct value
*
2807 empty_array (struct type
*arr_type
, int low
)
2809 struct type
*arr_type0
= ada_check_typedef (arr_type
);
2810 struct type
*index_type
=
2811 create_range_type (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (arr_type0
)),
2813 struct type
*elt_type
= ada_array_element_type (arr_type0
, 1);
2815 return allocate_value (create_array_type (NULL
, elt_type
, index_type
));
2819 /* Name resolution */
2821 /* The "decoded" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding
2825 ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode op
)
2829 for (i
= 0; ada_opname_table
[i
].encoded
!= NULL
; i
+= 1)
2831 if (ada_opname_table
[i
].op
== op
)
2832 return ada_opname_table
[i
].decoded
;
2834 error (_("Could not find operator name for opcode"));
2838 /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol
2839 references (marked by OP_VAR_VALUE nodes in which the symbol has an
2840 undefined namespace) and converts operators that are
2841 user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is
2842 non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only
2843 type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over
2844 functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void
2845 return type is preferred. May change (expand) *EXP. */
2848 resolve (struct expression
**expp
, int void_context_p
)
2850 struct type
*context_type
= NULL
;
2854 context_type
= builtin_type ((*expp
)->gdbarch
)->builtin_void
;
2856 resolve_subexp (expp
, &pc
, 1, context_type
);
2859 /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at
2860 position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing
2861 the symbols that have undefined namespaces in OP_VAR_VALUE nodes
2862 with their resolutions, replacing built-in operators with
2863 function calls to user-defined operators, where appropriate, and,
2864 when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero, converting function-valued variables
2865 into parameterless calls. May expand *EXPP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions
2866 are as in ada_resolve, above. */
2868 static struct value
*
2869 resolve_subexp (struct expression
**expp
, int *pos
, int deprocedure_p
,
2870 struct type
*context_type
)
2874 struct expression
*exp
; /* Convenience: == *expp. */
2875 enum exp_opcode op
= (*expp
)->elts
[pc
].opcode
;
2876 struct value
**argvec
; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */
2877 int nargs
; /* Number of operands. */
2884 /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos,
2889 if (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 3].opcode
== OP_VAR_VALUE
2890 && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
2895 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 0, NULL
);
2897 nargs
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
2902 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 0, NULL
);
2907 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
));
2910 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
2920 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
2921 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
2927 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
2929 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, pc
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
2938 arg1
= resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 0, NULL
);
2940 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, NULL
);
2942 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, value_type (arg1
));
2959 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
2960 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
2961 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
2962 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
2963 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
2966 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
2973 case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT
:
2981 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
2997 case OP_INTERNALVAR
:
3007 *pos
+= 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
+ 1);
3010 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT
:
3011 *pos
+= 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
+ 1);
3024 error (_("Unexpected operator during name resolution"));
3027 argvec
= (struct value
* *) alloca (sizeof (struct value
*) * (nargs
+ 1));
3028 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
; i
+= 1)
3029 argvec
[i
] = resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, NULL
);
3033 /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */
3040 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
3042 struct ada_symbol_info
*candidates
;
3046 ada_lookup_symbol_list (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME
3047 (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
),
3048 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].block
, VAR_DOMAIN
,
3051 if (n_candidates
> 1)
3053 /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there
3054 are any local symbols that are not types, first filter
3057 for (j
= 0; j
< n_candidates
; j
+= 1)
3058 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates
[j
].sym
))
3063 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR
:
3071 if (j
< n_candidates
)
3074 while (j
< n_candidates
)
3076 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates
[j
].sym
) == LOC_TYPEDEF
)
3078 candidates
[j
] = candidates
[n_candidates
- 1];
3087 if (n_candidates
== 0)
3088 error (_("No definition found for %s"),
3089 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
3090 else if (n_candidates
== 1)
3092 else if (deprocedure_p
3093 && !is_nonfunction (candidates
, n_candidates
))
3095 i
= ada_resolve_function
3096 (candidates
, n_candidates
, NULL
, 0,
3097 SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
),
3100 error (_("Could not find a match for %s"),
3101 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
3105 printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"),
3106 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
3107 user_select_syms (candidates
, n_candidates
, 1);
3111 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].block
= candidates
[i
].block
;
3112 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
= candidates
[i
].sym
;
3113 if (innermost_block
== NULL
3114 || contained_in (candidates
[i
].block
, innermost_block
))
3115 innermost_block
= candidates
[i
].block
;
3119 && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
))
3122 replace_operator_with_call (expp
, pc
, 0, 0,
3123 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
,
3124 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].block
);
3131 if (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 3].opcode
== OP_VAR_VALUE
3132 && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
3134 struct ada_symbol_info
*candidates
;
3138 ada_lookup_symbol_list (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME
3139 (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
),
3140 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 4].block
, VAR_DOMAIN
,
3142 if (n_candidates
== 1)
3146 i
= ada_resolve_function
3147 (candidates
, n_candidates
,
3149 SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
),
3152 error (_("Could not find a match for %s"),
3153 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
));
3156 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 4].block
= candidates
[i
].block
;
3157 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
= candidates
[i
].sym
;
3158 if (innermost_block
== NULL
3159 || contained_in (candidates
[i
].block
, innermost_block
))
3160 innermost_block
= candidates
[i
].block
;
3171 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
3172 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
3173 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
3175 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
3183 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
3185 if (possible_user_operator_p (op
, argvec
))
3187 struct ada_symbol_info
*candidates
;
3191 ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_encode (ada_decoded_op_name (op
)),
3192 (struct block
*) NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
,
3194 i
= ada_resolve_function (candidates
, n_candidates
, argvec
, nargs
,
3195 ada_decoded_op_name (op
), NULL
);
3199 replace_operator_with_call (expp
, pc
, nargs
, 1,
3200 candidates
[i
].sym
, candidates
[i
].block
);
3211 return evaluate_subexp_type (exp
, pos
);
3214 /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If
3215 MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual
3217 /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and
3221 ada_type_match (struct type
*ftype
, struct type
*atype
, int may_deref
)
3223 ftype
= ada_check_typedef (ftype
);
3224 atype
= ada_check_typedef (atype
);
3226 if (TYPE_CODE (ftype
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
3227 ftype
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype
);
3228 if (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
3229 atype
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype
);
3231 switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype
))
3234 return TYPE_CODE (ftype
) == TYPE_CODE (atype
);
3236 if (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
3237 return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype
),
3238 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype
), 0);
3241 && ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype
), atype
, 0));
3243 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
3244 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3245 switch (TYPE_CODE (atype
))
3248 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
3249 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3255 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
3256 return (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3257 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype
));
3259 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
3260 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ftype
))
3261 return (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3262 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype
));
3264 return (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
3265 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype
));
3267 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
3269 return (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE (ftype
));
3273 /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the
3274 vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC
3275 may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0-
3276 argument function. */
3279 ada_args_match (struct symbol
*func
, struct value
**actuals
, int n_actuals
)
3282 struct type
*func_type
= SYMBOL_TYPE (func
);
3284 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func
) == LOC_CONST
3285 && TYPE_CODE (func_type
) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
3286 return (n_actuals
== 0);
3287 else if (func_type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (func_type
) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
)
3290 if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type
) != n_actuals
)
3293 for (i
= 0; i
< n_actuals
; i
+= 1)
3295 if (actuals
[i
] == NULL
)
3299 struct type
*ftype
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type
,
3301 struct type
*atype
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (actuals
[i
]));
3303 if (!ada_type_match (ftype
, atype
, 1))
3310 /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value
3311 compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if
3312 FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type
3313 or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */
3316 return_match (struct type
*func_type
, struct type
*context_type
)
3318 struct type
*return_type
;
3320 if (func_type
== NULL
)
3323 if (TYPE_CODE (func_type
) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC
)
3324 return_type
= base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type
));
3326 return_type
= base_type (func_type
);
3327 if (return_type
== NULL
)
3330 context_type
= base_type (context_type
);
3332 if (TYPE_CODE (return_type
) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
3333 return context_type
== NULL
|| return_type
== context_type
;
3334 else if (context_type
== NULL
)
3335 return TYPE_CODE (return_type
) != TYPE_CODE_VOID
;
3337 return TYPE_CODE (return_type
) == TYPE_CODE (context_type
);
3341 /* Returns the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] that contains the symbol for the
3342 function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in
3343 ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null and there is at least one match
3344 that returns that type, then eliminate matches that don't. If
3345 CONTEXT_TYPE is void and there is at least one match that does not
3346 return void, eliminate all matches that do.
3348 Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1
3349 if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used
3350 solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in
3351 the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. */
3354 ada_resolve_function (struct ada_symbol_info syms
[],
3355 int nsyms
, struct value
**args
, int nargs
,
3356 const char *name
, struct type
*context_type
)
3360 int m
; /* Number of hits */
3363 /* In the first pass of the loop, we only accept functions matching
3364 context_type. If none are found, we add a second pass of the loop
3365 where every function is accepted. */
3366 for (fallback
= 0; m
== 0 && fallback
< 2; fallback
++)
3368 for (k
= 0; k
< nsyms
; k
+= 1)
3370 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[k
].sym
));
3372 if (ada_args_match (syms
[k
].sym
, args
, nargs
)
3373 && (fallback
|| return_match (type
, context_type
)))
3385 printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"), name
);
3386 user_select_syms (syms
, m
, 1);
3392 /* Returns true (non-zero) iff decoded name N0 should appear before N1
3393 in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below).
3394 The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the
3395 same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering
3396 such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */
3399 encoded_ordered_before (char *N0
, char *N1
)
3403 else if (N0
== NULL
)
3409 for (k0
= strlen (N0
) - 1; k0
> 0 && isdigit (N0
[k0
]); k0
-= 1)
3411 for (k1
= strlen (N1
) - 1; k1
> 0 && isdigit (N1
[k1
]); k1
-= 1)
3413 if ((N0
[k0
] == '_' || N0
[k0
] == '$') && N0
[k0
+ 1] != '\000'
3414 && (N1
[k1
] == '_' || N1
[k1
] == '$') && N1
[k1
+ 1] != '\000')
3419 while (N0
[n0
] == '_' && n0
> 0 && N0
[n0
- 1] == '_')
3422 while (N1
[n1
] == '_' && n1
> 0 && N1
[n1
- 1] == '_')
3424 if (n0
== n1
&& strncmp (N0
, N1
, n0
) == 0)
3425 return (atoi (N0
+ k0
+ 1) < atoi (N1
+ k1
+ 1));
3427 return (strcmp (N0
, N1
) < 0);
3431 /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by the
3435 sort_choices (struct ada_symbol_info syms
[], int nsyms
)
3439 for (i
= 1; i
< nsyms
; i
+= 1)
3441 struct ada_symbol_info sym
= syms
[i
];
3444 for (j
= i
- 1; j
>= 0; j
-= 1)
3446 if (encoded_ordered_before (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
),
3447 SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
.sym
)))
3449 syms
[j
+ 1] = syms
[j
];
3455 /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0
3456 by asking the user (if necessary), returning the number selected,
3457 and setting the first elements of SYMS items. Error if no symbols
3460 /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought
3461 to be re-integrated one of these days. */
3464 user_select_syms (struct ada_symbol_info
*syms
, int nsyms
, int max_results
)
3467 int *chosen
= (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms
);
3469 int first_choice
= (max_results
== 1) ? 1 : 2;
3470 const char *select_mode
= multiple_symbols_select_mode ();
3472 if (max_results
< 1)
3473 error (_("Request to select 0 symbols!"));
3477 if (select_mode
== multiple_symbols_cancel
)
3479 canceled because the command is ambiguous\n\
3480 See set/show multiple-symbol."));
3482 /* If select_mode is "all", then return all possible symbols.
3483 Only do that if more than one symbol can be selected, of course.
3484 Otherwise, display the menu as usual. */
3485 if (select_mode
== multiple_symbols_all
&& max_results
> 1)
3488 printf_unfiltered (_("[0] cancel\n"));
3489 if (max_results
> 1)
3490 printf_unfiltered (_("[1] all\n"));
3492 sort_choices (syms
, nsyms
);
3494 for (i
= 0; i
< nsyms
; i
+= 1)
3496 if (syms
[i
].sym
== NULL
)
3499 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].sym
) == LOC_BLOCK
)
3501 struct symtab_and_line sal
=
3502 find_function_start_sal (syms
[i
].sym
, 1);
3504 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
3505 printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at <no source file available>:%d\n"),
3507 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
3510 printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n"), i
+ first_choice
,
3511 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
3512 sal
.symtab
->filename
, sal
.line
);
3518 (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].sym
) == LOC_CONST
3519 && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
) != NULL
3520 && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
)) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
);
3521 struct symtab
*symtab
= syms
[i
].sym
->symtab
;
3523 if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms
[i
].sym
) != 0 && symtab
!= NULL
)
3524 printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n"),
3526 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
3527 symtab
->filename
, SYMBOL_LINE (syms
[i
].sym
));
3528 else if (is_enumeral
3529 && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
)) != NULL
)
3531 printf_unfiltered (("[%d] "), i
+ first_choice
);
3532 ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
), NULL
,
3534 printf_unfiltered (_("'(%s) (enumeral)\n"),
3535 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
));
3537 else if (symtab
!= NULL
)
3538 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
3539 ? _("[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n")
3540 : _("[%d] %s at %s:?\n"),
3542 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
3545 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
3546 ? _("[%d] %s (enumeral)\n")
3547 : _("[%d] %s at ?\n"),
3549 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
));
3553 n_chosen
= get_selections (chosen
, nsyms
, max_results
, max_results
> 1,
3556 for (i
= 0; i
< n_chosen
; i
+= 1)
3557 syms
[i
] = syms
[chosen
[i
]];
3562 /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the
3563 range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing
3564 order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N.
3566 The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line
3567 separated by blanks, encoding them as follows:
3569 + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error.
3570 + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1.
3571 + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1.
3573 The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values.
3575 ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input
3576 prompts (for use with the -f switch). */
3579 get_selections (int *choices
, int n_choices
, int max_results
,
3580 int is_all_choice
, char *annotation_suffix
)
3585 int first_choice
= is_all_choice
? 2 : 1;
3587 prompt
= getenv ("PS2");
3591 args
= command_line_input (prompt
, 0, annotation_suffix
);
3594 error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers"));
3598 /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending
3599 order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */
3605 while (isspace (*args
))
3607 if (*args
== '\0' && n_chosen
== 0)
3608 error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers"));
3609 else if (*args
== '\0')
3612 choice
= strtol (args
, &args2
, 10);
3613 if (args
== args2
|| choice
< 0
3614 || choice
> n_choices
+ first_choice
- 1)
3615 error (_("Argument must be choice number"));
3619 error (_("cancelled"));
3621 if (choice
< first_choice
)
3623 n_chosen
= n_choices
;
3624 for (j
= 0; j
< n_choices
; j
+= 1)
3628 choice
-= first_choice
;
3630 for (j
= n_chosen
- 1; j
>= 0 && choice
< choices
[j
]; j
-= 1)
3634 if (j
< 0 || choice
!= choices
[j
])
3638 for (k
= n_chosen
- 1; k
> j
; k
-= 1)
3639 choices
[k
+ 1] = choices
[k
];
3640 choices
[j
+ 1] = choice
;
3645 if (n_chosen
> max_results
)
3646 error (_("Select no more than %d of the above"), max_results
);
3651 /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call
3652 on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS
3653 arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */
3656 replace_operator_with_call (struct expression
**expp
, int pc
, int nargs
,
3657 int oplen
, struct symbol
*sym
,
3658 struct block
*block
)
3660 /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function
3661 symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */
3662 struct expression
*newexp
= (struct expression
*)
3663 xzalloc (sizeof (struct expression
)
3664 + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp
)->nelts
+ 7 - oplen
));
3665 struct expression
*exp
= *expp
;
3667 newexp
->nelts
= exp
->nelts
+ 7 - oplen
;
3668 newexp
->language_defn
= exp
->language_defn
;
3669 newexp
->gdbarch
= exp
->gdbarch
;
3670 memcpy (newexp
->elts
, exp
->elts
, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc
));
3671 memcpy (newexp
->elts
+ pc
+ 7, exp
->elts
+ pc
+ oplen
,
3672 EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp
->nelts
- pc
- oplen
));
3674 newexp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
= newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].opcode
= OP_FUNCALL
;
3675 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
= (LONGEST
) nargs
;
3677 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 3].opcode
= newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 6].opcode
= OP_VAR_VALUE
;
3678 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 4].block
= block
;
3679 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
= sym
;
3685 /* Type-class predicates */
3687 /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type),
3691 numeric_type_p (struct type
*type
)
3697 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
3702 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3703 return (type
== TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)
3704 || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)));
3711 /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */
3714 integer_type_p (struct type
*type
)
3720 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
3724 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3725 return (type
== TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)
3726 || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)));
3733 /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */
3736 scalar_type_p (struct type
*type
)
3742 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
3745 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3746 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
3755 /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */
3758 discrete_type_p (struct type
*type
)
3764 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
3767 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3768 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
3769 case TYPE_CODE_BOOL
:
3777 /* Returns non-zero if OP with operands in the vector ARGS could be
3778 a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators
3779 (i.e., result 0). */
3782 possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op
, struct value
*args
[])
3784 struct type
*type0
=
3785 (args
[0] == NULL
) ? NULL
: ada_check_typedef (value_type (args
[0]));
3786 struct type
*type1
=
3787 (args
[1] == NULL
) ? NULL
: ada_check_typedef (value_type (args
[1]));
3801 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0
) && numeric_type_p (type1
)));
3805 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
3806 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
3807 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
3808 return (!(integer_type_p (type0
) && integer_type_p (type1
)));
3811 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
3816 return (!(scalar_type_p (type0
) && scalar_type_p (type1
)));
3819 return !ada_is_array_type (type0
) || !ada_is_array_type (type1
);
3822 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0
) && integer_type_p (type1
)));
3826 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
3828 return (!numeric_type_p (type0
));
3837 1. In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may
3838 have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some
3840 2. We handle both the (old) purely type-based representation of
3841 renamings and the (new) variable-based encoding. At some point,
3842 it is devoutly to be hoped that the former goes away
3843 (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09).
3844 3. Subprogram renamings are not implemented, although the XRS
3845 suffix is recognized (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09). */
3847 /* If SYM encodes a renaming,
3849 <renaming> renames <renamed entity>,
3851 sets *LEN to the length of the renamed entity's name,
3852 *RENAMED_ENTITY to that name (not null-terminated), and *RENAMING_EXPR to
3853 the string describing the subcomponent selected from the renamed
3854 entity. Returns ADA_NOT_RENAMING if SYM does not encode a renaming
3855 (in which case, the values of *RENAMED_ENTITY, *LEN, and *RENAMING_EXPR
3856 are undefined). Otherwise, returns a value indicating the category
3857 of entity renamed: an object (ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING), exception
3858 (ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING), package (ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING), or
3859 subprogram (ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING). Does no allocation; the
3860 strings returned in *RENAMED_ENTITY and *RENAMING_EXPR should not be
3861 deallocated. The values of RENAMED_ENTITY, LEN, or RENAMING_EXPR
3862 may be NULL, in which case they are not assigned.
3864 [Currently, however, GCC does not generate subprogram renamings.] */
3866 enum ada_renaming_category
3867 ada_parse_renaming (struct symbol
*sym
,
3868 const char **renamed_entity
, int *len
,
3869 const char **renaming_expr
)
3871 enum ada_renaming_category kind
;
3876 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3877 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
))
3880 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3882 return parse_old_style_renaming (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym
),
3883 renamed_entity
, len
, renaming_expr
);
3887 case LOC_OPTIMIZED_OUT
:
3888 info
= strstr (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
), "___XR");
3890 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3894 kind
= ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING
;
3898 kind
= ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING
;
3902 kind
= ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING
;
3906 kind
= ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING
;
3910 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3914 if (renamed_entity
!= NULL
)
3915 *renamed_entity
= info
;
3916 suffix
= strstr (info
, "___XE");
3917 if (suffix
== NULL
|| suffix
== info
)
3918 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3920 *len
= strlen (info
) - strlen (suffix
);
3922 if (renaming_expr
!= NULL
)
3923 *renaming_expr
= suffix
;
3927 /* Assuming TYPE encodes a renaming according to the old encoding in
3928 exp_dbug.ads, returns details of that renaming in *RENAMED_ENTITY,
3929 *LEN, and *RENAMING_EXPR, as for ada_parse_renaming, above. Returns
3930 ADA_NOT_RENAMING otherwise. */
3931 static enum ada_renaming_category
3932 parse_old_style_renaming (struct type
*type
,
3933 const char **renamed_entity
, int *len
,
3934 const char **renaming_expr
)
3936 enum ada_renaming_category kind
;
3941 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
3942 || TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) != 1)
3943 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3945 name
= type_name_no_tag (type
);
3947 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3949 name
= strstr (name
, "___XR");
3951 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3956 kind
= ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING
;
3959 kind
= ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING
;
3962 kind
= ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING
;
3965 kind
= ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING
;
3968 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3971 info
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, 0);
3973 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3974 if (renamed_entity
!= NULL
)
3975 *renamed_entity
= info
;
3976 suffix
= strstr (info
, "___XE");
3977 if (renaming_expr
!= NULL
)
3978 *renaming_expr
= suffix
+ 5;
3979 if (suffix
== NULL
|| suffix
== info
)
3980 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3982 *len
= suffix
- info
;
3988 /* Evaluation: Function Calls */
3990 /* Return an lvalue containing the value VAL. This is the identity on
3991 lvalues, and otherwise has the side-effect of allocating memory
3992 in the inferior where a copy of the value contents is copied. */
3994 static struct value
*
3995 ensure_lval (struct value
*val
)
3997 if (VALUE_LVAL (val
) == not_lval
3998 || VALUE_LVAL (val
) == lval_internalvar
)
4000 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (value_type (val
)));
4001 const CORE_ADDR addr
=
4002 value_as_long (value_allocate_space_in_inferior (len
));
4004 set_value_address (val
, addr
);
4005 VALUE_LVAL (val
) = lval_memory
;
4006 write_memory (addr
, value_contents (val
), len
);
4012 /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a
4013 formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for
4014 allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of
4015 values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */
4018 ada_convert_actual (struct value
*actual
, struct type
*formal_type0
)
4020 struct type
*actual_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual
));
4021 struct type
*formal_type
= ada_check_typedef (formal_type0
);
4022 struct type
*formal_target
=
4023 TYPE_CODE (formal_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
4024 ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type
)) : formal_type
;
4025 struct type
*actual_target
=
4026 TYPE_CODE (actual_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
4027 ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type
)) : actual_type
;
4029 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (formal_target
)
4030 && TYPE_CODE (actual_target
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
4031 return make_array_descriptor (formal_type
, actual
);
4032 else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
4033 || TYPE_CODE (formal_type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
4035 struct value
*result
;
4037 if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
4038 && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (actual_target
))
4039 result
= desc_data (actual
);
4040 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type
) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
4042 if (VALUE_LVAL (actual
) != lval_memory
)
4046 actual_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual
));
4047 val
= allocate_value (actual_type
);
4048 memcpy ((char *) value_contents_raw (val
),
4049 (char *) value_contents (actual
),
4050 TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type
));
4051 actual
= ensure_lval (val
);
4053 result
= value_addr (actual
);
4057 return value_cast_pointers (formal_type
, result
);
4059 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
4060 return ada_value_ind (actual
);
4065 /* Convert VALUE (which must be an address) to a CORE_ADDR that is a pointer of
4066 type TYPE. This is usually an inefficient no-op except on some targets
4067 (such as AVR) where the representation of a pointer and an address
4071 value_pointer (struct value
*value
, struct type
*type
)
4073 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_type_arch (type
);
4074 unsigned len
= TYPE_LENGTH (type
);
4075 gdb_byte
*buf
= alloca (len
);
4078 addr
= value_address (value
);
4079 gdbarch_address_to_pointer (gdbarch
, type
, buf
, addr
);
4080 addr
= extract_unsigned_integer (buf
, len
, gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch
));
4085 /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at
4086 *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either
4087 an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer-
4088 to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value *
4089 representing a pointer to this descriptor. */
4091 static struct value
*
4092 make_array_descriptor (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arr
)
4094 struct type
*bounds_type
= desc_bounds_type (type
);
4095 struct type
*desc_type
= desc_base_type (type
);
4096 struct value
*descriptor
= allocate_value (desc_type
);
4097 struct value
*bounds
= allocate_value (bounds_type
);
4100 for (i
= ada_array_arity (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
)));
4103 modify_field (value_type (bounds
), value_contents_writeable (bounds
),
4104 ada_array_bound (arr
, i
, 0),
4105 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type
, i
, 0),
4106 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type
, i
, 0));
4107 modify_field (value_type (bounds
), value_contents_writeable (bounds
),
4108 ada_array_bound (arr
, i
, 1),
4109 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type
, i
, 1),
4110 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type
, i
, 1));
4113 bounds
= ensure_lval (bounds
);
4115 modify_field (value_type (descriptor
),
4116 value_contents_writeable (descriptor
),
4117 value_pointer (ensure_lval (arr
),
4118 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (desc_type
, 0)),
4119 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type
),
4120 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type
));
4122 modify_field (value_type (descriptor
),
4123 value_contents_writeable (descriptor
),
4124 value_pointer (bounds
,
4125 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (desc_type
, 1)),
4126 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type
),
4127 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type
));
4129 descriptor
= ensure_lval (descriptor
);
4131 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
4132 return value_addr (descriptor
);
4137 /* Dummy definitions for an experimental caching module that is not
4138 * used in the public sources. */
4141 lookup_cached_symbol (const char *name
, domain_enum
namespace,
4142 struct symbol
**sym
, struct block
**block
)
4148 cache_symbol (const char *name
, domain_enum
namespace, struct symbol
*sym
,
4149 struct block
*block
)
4155 /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in
4156 given DOMAIN, visible from lexical block BLOCK. */
4158 static struct symbol
*
4159 standard_lookup (const char *name
, const struct block
*block
,
4164 if (lookup_cached_symbol (name
, domain
, &sym
, NULL
))
4166 sym
= lookup_symbol_in_language (name
, block
, domain
, language_c
, 0);
4167 cache_symbol (name
, domain
, sym
, block_found
);
4172 /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol
4173 in the symbol fields of SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions,
4174 since they contend in overloading in the same way. */
4176 is_nonfunction (struct ada_symbol_info syms
[], int n
)
4180 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
4181 if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
4182 && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
)) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
4183 || SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].sym
) != LOC_CONST
))
4189 /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent
4190 struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */
4193 equiv_types (struct type
*type0
, struct type
*type1
)
4197 if (type0
== NULL
|| type1
== NULL
4198 || TYPE_CODE (type0
) != TYPE_CODE (type1
))
4200 if ((TYPE_CODE (type0
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
4201 || TYPE_CODE (type0
) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
4202 && ada_type_name (type0
) != NULL
&& ada_type_name (type1
) != NULL
4203 && strcmp (ada_type_name (type0
), ada_type_name (type1
)) == 0)
4209 /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is
4210 no more defined than that of SYM1. */
4213 lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol
*sym0
, struct symbol
*sym1
)
4217 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym0
) != SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym1
)
4218 || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0
) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1
))
4221 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0
))
4227 struct type
*type0
= SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0
);
4228 struct type
*type1
= SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1
);
4229 char *name0
= SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym0
);
4230 char *name1
= SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym1
);
4231 int len0
= strlen (name0
);
4234 TYPE_CODE (type0
) == TYPE_CODE (type1
)
4235 && (equiv_types (type0
, type1
)
4236 || (len0
< strlen (name1
) && strncmp (name0
, name1
, len0
) == 0
4237 && strncmp (name1
+ len0
, "___XV", 5) == 0));
4240 return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0
) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1
)
4241 && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0
), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1
));
4247 /* Append (SYM,BLOCK,SYMTAB) to the end of the array of struct ada_symbol_info
4248 records in OBSTACKP. Do nothing if SYM is a duplicate. */
4251 add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
4253 struct block
*block
)
4256 struct ada_symbol_info
*prevDefns
= defns_collected (obstackp
, 0);
4258 /* Do not try to complete stub types, as the debugger is probably
4259 already scanning all symbols matching a certain name at the
4260 time when this function is called. Trying to replace the stub
4261 type by its associated full type will cause us to restart a scan
4262 which may lead to an infinite recursion. Instead, the client
4263 collecting the matching symbols will end up collecting several
4264 matches, with at least one of them complete. It can then filter
4265 out the stub ones if needed. */
4267 for (i
= num_defns_collected (obstackp
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
-= 1)
4269 if (lesseq_defined_than (sym
, prevDefns
[i
].sym
))
4271 else if (lesseq_defined_than (prevDefns
[i
].sym
, sym
))
4273 prevDefns
[i
].sym
= sym
;
4274 prevDefns
[i
].block
= block
;
4280 struct ada_symbol_info info
;
4284 obstack_grow (obstackp
, &info
, sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info
));
4288 /* Number of ada_symbol_info structures currently collected in
4289 current vector in *OBSTACKP. */
4292 num_defns_collected (struct obstack
*obstackp
)
4294 return obstack_object_size (obstackp
) / sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info
);
4297 /* Vector of ada_symbol_info structures currently collected in current
4298 vector in *OBSTACKP. If FINISH, close off the vector and return
4299 its final address. */
4301 static struct ada_symbol_info
*
4302 defns_collected (struct obstack
*obstackp
, int finish
)
4305 return obstack_finish (obstackp
);
4307 return (struct ada_symbol_info
*) obstack_base (obstackp
);
4310 /* Return a minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada decoding
4311 rules. Returns NULL if there is no such minimal symbol. Names
4312 prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__" is
4313 first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */
4315 struct minimal_symbol
*
4316 ada_lookup_simple_minsym (const char *name
)
4318 struct objfile
*objfile
;
4319 struct minimal_symbol
*msymbol
;
4322 if (strncmp (name
, "standard__", sizeof ("standard__") - 1) == 0)
4324 name
+= sizeof ("standard__") - 1;
4328 wild_match
= (strstr (name
, "__") == NULL
);
4330 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile
, msymbol
)
4332 if (match_name (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol
), name
, wild_match
)
4333 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol
) != mst_solib_trampoline
)
4340 /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the
4341 selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN
4342 and their blocks to the list of data in OBSTACKP, as for
4343 ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
4347 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
4348 const char *name
, domain_enum
namespace,
4353 /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol
4354 for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */
4357 is_nondebugging_type (struct type
*type
)
4359 char *name
= ada_type_name (type
);
4361 return (name
!= NULL
&& strcmp (name
, "<variable, no debug info>") == 0);
4364 /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely
4365 duplicate other symbols in the list (The only case I know of where
4366 this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are
4367 linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no
4368 debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted entries.
4369 Returns the number of items in the modified list. */
4372 remove_extra_symbols (struct ada_symbol_info
*syms
, int nsyms
)
4381 /* If two symbols have the same name and one of them is a stub type,
4382 the get rid of the stub. */
4384 if (TYPE_STUB (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
))
4385 && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
) != NULL
)
4387 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; j
++)
4390 && !TYPE_STUB (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[j
].sym
))
4391 && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
) != NULL
4392 && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
4393 SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
)) == 0)
4398 /* Two symbols with the same name, same class and same address
4399 should be identical. */
4401 else if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
) != NULL
4402 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].sym
) == LOC_STATIC
4403 && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
)))
4405 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; j
+= 1)
4408 && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
) != NULL
4409 && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
4410 SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
)) == 0
4411 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].sym
) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[j
].sym
)
4412 && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms
[i
].sym
)
4413 == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms
[j
].sym
))
4420 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< nsyms
; j
+= 1)
4421 syms
[j
- 1] = syms
[j
];
4430 /* Given a type that corresponds to a renaming entity, use the type name
4431 to extract the scope (package name or function name, fully qualified,
4432 and following the GNAT encoding convention) where this renaming has been
4433 defined. The string returned needs to be deallocated after use. */
4436 xget_renaming_scope (struct type
*renaming_type
)
4438 /* The renaming types adhere to the following convention:
4439 <scope>__<rename>___<XR extension>.
4440 So, to extract the scope, we search for the "___XR" extension,
4441 and then backtrack until we find the first "__". */
4443 const char *name
= type_name_no_tag (renaming_type
);
4444 char *suffix
= strstr (name
, "___XR");
4449 /* Now, backtrack a bit until we find the first "__". Start looking
4450 at suffix - 3, as the <rename> part is at least one character long. */
4452 for (last
= suffix
- 3; last
> name
; last
--)
4453 if (last
[0] == '_' && last
[1] == '_')
4456 /* Make a copy of scope and return it. */
4458 scope_len
= last
- name
;
4459 scope
= (char *) xmalloc ((scope_len
+ 1) * sizeof (char));
4461 strncpy (scope
, name
, scope_len
);
4462 scope
[scope_len
] = '\0';
4467 /* Return nonzero if NAME corresponds to a package name. */
4470 is_package_name (const char *name
)
4472 /* Here, We take advantage of the fact that no symbols are generated
4473 for packages, while symbols are generated for each function.
4474 So the condition for NAME represent a package becomes equivalent
4475 to NAME not existing in our list of symbols. There is only one
4476 small complication with library-level functions (see below). */
4480 /* If it is a function that has not been defined at library level,
4481 then we should be able to look it up in the symbols. */
4482 if (standard_lookup (name
, NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
) != NULL
)
4485 /* Library-level function names start with "_ada_". See if function
4486 "_ada_" followed by NAME can be found. */
4488 /* Do a quick check that NAME does not contain "__", since library-level
4489 functions names cannot contain "__" in them. */
4490 if (strstr (name
, "__") != NULL
)
4493 fun_name
= xstrprintf ("_ada_%s", name
);
4495 return (standard_lookup (fun_name
, NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
) == NULL
);
4498 /* Return nonzero if SYM corresponds to a renaming entity that is
4499 not visible from FUNCTION_NAME. */
4502 old_renaming_is_invisible (const struct symbol
*sym
, char *function_name
)
4506 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_TYPEDEF
)
4509 scope
= xget_renaming_scope (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym
));
4511 make_cleanup (xfree
, scope
);
4513 /* If the rename has been defined in a package, then it is visible. */
4514 if (is_package_name (scope
))
4517 /* Check that the rename is in the current function scope by checking
4518 that its name starts with SCOPE. */
4520 /* If the function name starts with "_ada_", it means that it is
4521 a library-level function. Strip this prefix before doing the
4522 comparison, as the encoding for the renaming does not contain
4524 if (strncmp (function_name
, "_ada_", 5) == 0)
4527 return (strncmp (function_name
, scope
, strlen (scope
)) != 0);
4530 /* Remove entries from SYMS that corresponds to a renaming entity that
4531 is not visible from the function associated with CURRENT_BLOCK or
4532 that is superfluous due to the presence of more specific renaming
4533 information. Places surviving symbols in the initial entries of
4534 SYMS and returns the number of surviving symbols.
4537 First, in cases where an object renaming is implemented as a
4538 reference variable, GNAT may produce both the actual reference
4539 variable and the renaming encoding. In this case, we discard the
4542 Second, GNAT emits a type following a specified encoding for each renaming
4543 entity. Unfortunately, STABS currently does not support the definition
4544 of types that are local to a given lexical block, so all renamings types
4545 are emitted at library level. As a consequence, if an application
4546 contains two renaming entities using the same name, and a user tries to
4547 print the value of one of these entities, the result of the ada symbol
4548 lookup will also contain the wrong renaming type.
4550 This function partially covers for this limitation by attempting to
4551 remove from the SYMS list renaming symbols that should be visible
4552 from CURRENT_BLOCK. However, there does not seem be a 100% reliable
4553 method with the current information available. The implementation
4554 below has a couple of limitations (FIXME: brobecker-2003-05-12):
4556 - When the user tries to print a rename in a function while there
4557 is another rename entity defined in a package: Normally, the
4558 rename in the function has precedence over the rename in the
4559 package, so the latter should be removed from the list. This is
4560 currently not the case.
4562 - This function will incorrectly remove valid renames if
4563 the CURRENT_BLOCK corresponds to a function which symbol name
4564 has been changed by an "Export" pragma. As a consequence,
4565 the user will be unable to print such rename entities. */
4568 remove_irrelevant_renamings (struct ada_symbol_info
*syms
,
4569 int nsyms
, const struct block
*current_block
)
4571 struct symbol
*current_function
;
4572 char *current_function_name
;
4574 int is_new_style_renaming
;
4576 /* If there is both a renaming foo___XR... encoded as a variable and
4577 a simple variable foo in the same block, discard the latter.
4578 First, zero out such symbols, then compress. */
4579 is_new_style_renaming
= 0;
4580 for (i
= 0; i
< nsyms
; i
+= 1)
4582 struct symbol
*sym
= syms
[i
].sym
;
4583 struct block
*block
= syms
[i
].block
;
4587 if (sym
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) == LOC_TYPEDEF
)
4589 name
= SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
);
4590 suffix
= strstr (name
, "___XR");
4594 int name_len
= suffix
- name
;
4597 is_new_style_renaming
= 1;
4598 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; j
+= 1)
4599 if (i
!= j
&& syms
[j
].sym
!= NULL
4600 && strncmp (name
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
),
4602 && block
== syms
[j
].block
)
4606 if (is_new_style_renaming
)
4610 for (j
= k
= 0; j
< nsyms
; j
+= 1)
4611 if (syms
[j
].sym
!= NULL
)
4619 /* Extract the function name associated to CURRENT_BLOCK.
4620 Abort if unable to do so. */
4622 if (current_block
== NULL
)
4625 current_function
= block_linkage_function (current_block
);
4626 if (current_function
== NULL
)
4629 current_function_name
= SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (current_function
);
4630 if (current_function_name
== NULL
)
4633 /* Check each of the symbols, and remove it from the list if it is
4634 a type corresponding to a renaming that is out of the scope of
4635 the current block. */
4640 if (ada_parse_renaming (syms
[i
].sym
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
4641 == ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING
4642 && old_renaming_is_invisible (syms
[i
].sym
, current_function_name
))
4646 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< nsyms
; j
+= 1)
4647 syms
[j
- 1] = syms
[j
];
4657 /* Add to OBSTACKP all symbols from BLOCK (and its super-blocks)
4658 whose name and domain match NAME and DOMAIN respectively.
4659 If no match was found, then extend the search to "enclosing"
4660 routines (in other words, if we're inside a nested function,
4661 search the symbols defined inside the enclosing functions).
4663 Note: This function assumes that OBSTACKP has 0 (zero) element in it. */
4666 ada_add_local_symbols (struct obstack
*obstackp
, const char *name
,
4667 struct block
*block
, domain_enum domain
,
4670 int block_depth
= 0;
4672 while (block
!= NULL
)
4675 ada_add_block_symbols (obstackp
, block
, name
, domain
, NULL
, wild_match
);
4677 /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */
4678 if (is_nonfunction (defns_collected (obstackp
, 0),
4679 num_defns_collected (obstackp
)))
4682 block
= BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block
);
4685 /* If no luck so far, try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically
4686 enclosing subprogram. */
4687 if (num_defns_collected (obstackp
) == 0 && block_depth
> 2)
4688 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (obstackp
, name
, domain
, wild_match
);
4691 /* An object of this type is used as the user_data argument when
4692 calling the map_matching_symbols method. */
4696 struct objfile
*objfile
;
4697 struct obstack
*obstackp
;
4698 struct symbol
*arg_sym
;
4702 /* A callback for add_matching_symbols that adds SYM, found in BLOCK,
4703 to a list of symbols. DATA0 is a pointer to a struct match_data *
4704 containing the obstack that collects the symbol list, the file that SYM
4705 must come from, a flag indicating whether a non-argument symbol has
4706 been found in the current block, and the last argument symbol
4707 passed in SYM within the current block (if any). When SYM is null,
4708 marking the end of a block, the argument symbol is added if no
4709 other has been found. */
4712 aux_add_nonlocal_symbols (struct block
*block
, struct symbol
*sym
, void *data0
)
4714 struct match_data
*data
= (struct match_data
*) data0
;
4718 if (!data
->found_sym
&& data
->arg_sym
!= NULL
)
4719 add_defn_to_vec (data
->obstackp
,
4720 fixup_symbol_section (data
->arg_sym
, data
->objfile
),
4722 data
->found_sym
= 0;
4723 data
->arg_sym
= NULL
;
4727 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) == LOC_UNRESOLVED
)
4729 else if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym
))
4730 data
->arg_sym
= sym
;
4733 data
->found_sym
= 1;
4734 add_defn_to_vec (data
->obstackp
,
4735 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, data
->objfile
),
4742 /* Compare STRING1 to STRING2, with results as for strcmp.
4743 Compatible with strcmp_iw in that strcmp_iw (STRING1, STRING2) <= 0
4744 implies compare_names (STRING1, STRING2) (they may differ as to
4745 what symbols compare equal). */
4748 compare_names (const char *string1
, const char *string2
)
4750 while (*string1
!= '\0' && *string2
!= '\0')
4752 if (isspace (*string1
) || isspace (*string2
))
4753 return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1
, string2
);
4754 if (*string1
!= *string2
)
4762 return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1
, string2
);
4764 if (*string2
== '\0')
4766 if (is_name_suffix (string1
))
4773 if (*string2
== '(')
4774 return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1
, string2
);
4776 return *string1
- *string2
;
4780 /* Add to OBSTACKP all non-local symbols whose name and domain match
4781 NAME and DOMAIN respectively. The search is performed on GLOBAL_BLOCK
4782 symbols if GLOBAL is non-zero, or on STATIC_BLOCK symbols otherwise. */
4785 add_nonlocal_symbols (struct obstack
*obstackp
, const char *name
,
4786 domain_enum domain
, int global
,
4789 struct objfile
*objfile
;
4790 struct match_data data
;
4792 data
.obstackp
= obstackp
;
4793 data
.arg_sym
= NULL
;
4795 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
4797 data
.objfile
= objfile
;
4800 objfile
->sf
->qf
->map_matching_symbols (name
, domain
, objfile
, global
,
4801 aux_add_nonlocal_symbols
, &data
,
4804 objfile
->sf
->qf
->map_matching_symbols (name
, domain
, objfile
, global
,
4805 aux_add_nonlocal_symbols
, &data
,
4806 full_match
, compare_names
);
4809 if (num_defns_collected (obstackp
) == 0 && global
&& !is_wild_match
)
4811 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
4813 char *name1
= alloca (strlen (name
) + sizeof ("_ada_"));
4814 strcpy (name1
, "_ada_");
4815 strcpy (name1
+ sizeof ("_ada_") - 1, name
);
4816 data
.objfile
= objfile
;
4817 objfile
->sf
->qf
->map_matching_symbols (name1
, domain
,
4819 aux_add_nonlocal_symbols
,
4821 full_match
, compare_names
);
4826 /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME0, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
4827 scope and in global scopes, returning the number of matches. Sets
4828 *RESULTS to point to a vector of (SYM,BLOCK) tuples,
4829 indicating the symbols found and the blocks and symbol tables (if
4830 any) in which they were found. This vector are transient---good only to
4831 the next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. Any non-function/non-enumeral
4832 symbol match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0,
4833 is the one match returned (no other matches in that or
4834 enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or
4835 surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. Otherwise, the
4836 search extends to global and file-scope (static) symbol tables.
4837 Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__"
4838 is first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */
4841 ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name0
, const struct block
*block0
,
4842 domain_enum
namespace,
4843 struct ada_symbol_info
**results
)
4846 struct block
*block
;
4852 obstack_free (&symbol_list_obstack
, NULL
);
4853 obstack_init (&symbol_list_obstack
);
4857 /* Search specified block and its superiors. */
4859 wild_match
= (strstr (name0
, "__") == NULL
);
4861 block
= (struct block
*) block0
; /* FIXME: No cast ought to be
4862 needed, but adding const will
4863 have a cascade effect. */
4865 /* Special case: If the user specifies a symbol name inside package
4866 Standard, do a non-wild matching of the symbol name without
4867 the "standard__" prefix. This was primarily introduced in order
4868 to allow the user to specifically access the standard exceptions
4869 using, for instance, Standard.Constraint_Error when Constraint_Error
4870 is ambiguous (due to the user defining its own Constraint_Error
4871 entity inside its program). */
4872 if (strncmp (name0
, "standard__", sizeof ("standard__") - 1) == 0)
4876 name
= name0
+ sizeof ("standard__") - 1;
4879 /* Check the non-global symbols. If we have ANY match, then we're done. */
4881 ada_add_local_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack
, name
, block
, namespace,
4883 if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack
) > 0)
4886 /* No non-global symbols found. Check our cache to see if we have
4887 already performed this search before. If we have, then return
4891 if (lookup_cached_symbol (name0
, namespace, &sym
, &block
))
4894 add_defn_to_vec (&symbol_list_obstack
, sym
, block
);
4898 /* Search symbols from all global blocks. */
4900 add_nonlocal_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack
, name
, namespace, 1,
4903 /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits
4904 (not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error). */
4906 if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack
) == 0)
4907 add_nonlocal_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack
, name
, namespace, 0,
4911 ndefns
= num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack
);
4912 *results
= defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack
, 1);
4914 ndefns
= remove_extra_symbols (*results
, ndefns
);
4917 cache_symbol (name0
, namespace, NULL
, NULL
);
4919 if (ndefns
== 1 && cacheIfUnique
)
4920 cache_symbol (name0
, namespace, (*results
)[0].sym
, (*results
)[0].block
);
4922 ndefns
= remove_irrelevant_renamings (*results
, ndefns
, block0
);
4928 ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (const char *name
, const struct block
*block0
,
4929 domain_enum
namespace, struct block
**block_found
)
4931 struct ada_symbol_info
*candidates
;
4934 n_candidates
= ada_lookup_symbol_list (name
, block0
, namespace, &candidates
);
4936 if (n_candidates
== 0)
4939 if (block_found
!= NULL
)
4940 *block_found
= candidates
[0].block
;
4942 return fixup_symbol_section (candidates
[0].sym
, NULL
);
4945 /* Return a symbol in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
4946 scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded and
4947 encoded first. Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list,
4948 choosing the first symbol if there are multiple choices.
4949 *IS_A_FIELD_OF_THIS is set to 0 and *SYMTAB is set to the symbol
4950 table in which the symbol was found (in both cases, these
4951 assignments occur only if the pointers are non-null). */
4953 ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name
, const struct block
*block0
,
4954 domain_enum
namespace, int *is_a_field_of_this
)
4956 if (is_a_field_of_this
!= NULL
)
4957 *is_a_field_of_this
= 0;
4960 ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (ada_encode (ada_fold_name (name
)),
4961 block0
, namespace, NULL
);
4964 static struct symbol
*
4965 ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const char *name
,
4966 const struct block
*block
,
4967 const domain_enum domain
)
4969 return ada_lookup_symbol (name
, block_static_block (block
), domain
, NULL
);
4973 /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name
4974 that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel
4975 names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes
4976 are given by any of the regular expressions:
4978 [.$][0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as GNU/Linux]
4979 ___[0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as HP/UX]
4980 _E[0-9]+[bs]$ [protected object entry suffixes]
4981 (X[nb]*)?((\$|__)[0-9](_?[0-9]+)|___(JM|LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$
4983 Also, any leading "__[0-9]+" sequence is skipped before the suffix
4984 match is performed. This sequence is used to differentiate homonyms,
4985 is an optional part of a valid name suffix. */
4988 is_name_suffix (const char *str
)
4991 const char *matching
;
4992 const int len
= strlen (str
);
4994 /* Skip optional leading __[0-9]+. */
4996 if (len
> 3 && str
[0] == '_' && str
[1] == '_' && isdigit (str
[2]))
4999 while (isdigit (str
[0]))
5005 if (str
[0] == '.' || str
[0] == '$')
5008 while (isdigit (matching
[0]))
5010 if (matching
[0] == '\0')
5016 if (len
> 3 && str
[0] == '_' && str
[1] == '_' && str
[2] == '_')
5019 while (isdigit (matching
[0]))
5021 if (matching
[0] == '\0')
5026 /* FIXME: brobecker/2005-09-23: Protected Object subprograms end
5027 with a N at the end. Unfortunately, the compiler uses the same
5028 convention for other internal types it creates. So treating
5029 all entity names that end with an "N" as a name suffix causes
5030 some regressions. For instance, consider the case of an enumerated
5031 type. To support the 'Image attribute, it creates an array whose
5033 Having a single character like this as a suffix carrying some
5034 information is a bit risky. Perhaps we should change the encoding
5035 to be something like "_N" instead. In the meantime, do not do
5036 the following check. */
5037 /* Protected Object Subprograms */
5038 if (len
== 1 && str
[0] == 'N')
5043 if (len
> 3 && str
[0] == '_' && str
[1] == 'E' && isdigit (str
[2]))
5046 while (isdigit (matching
[0]))
5048 if ((matching
[0] == 'b' || matching
[0] == 's')
5049 && matching
[1] == '\0')
5053 /* ??? We should not modify STR directly, as we are doing below. This
5054 is fine in this case, but may become problematic later if we find
5055 that this alternative did not work, and want to try matching
5056 another one from the begining of STR. Since we modified it, we
5057 won't be able to find the begining of the string anymore! */
5061 while (str
[0] != '_' && str
[0] != '\0')
5063 if (str
[0] != 'n' && str
[0] != 'b')
5069 if (str
[0] == '\000')
5074 if (str
[1] != '_' || str
[2] == '\000')
5078 if (strcmp (str
+ 3, "JM") == 0)
5080 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-09-30: GNAT will soon stop using
5081 the LJM suffix in favor of the JM one. But we will
5082 still accept LJM as a valid suffix for a reasonable
5083 amount of time, just to allow ourselves to debug programs
5084 compiled using an older version of GNAT. */
5085 if (strcmp (str
+ 3, "LJM") == 0)
5089 if (str
[4] == 'F' || str
[4] == 'D' || str
[4] == 'B'
5090 || str
[4] == 'U' || str
[4] == 'P')
5092 if (str
[4] == 'R' && str
[5] != 'T')
5096 if (!isdigit (str
[2]))
5098 for (k
= 3; str
[k
] != '\0'; k
+= 1)
5099 if (!isdigit (str
[k
]) && str
[k
] != '_')
5103 if (str
[0] == '$' && isdigit (str
[1]))
5105 for (k
= 2; str
[k
] != '\0'; k
+= 1)
5106 if (!isdigit (str
[k
]) && str
[k
] != '_')
5113 /* Return non-zero if the string starting at NAME and ending before
5114 NAME_END contains no capital letters. */
5117 is_valid_name_for_wild_match (const char *name0
)
5119 const char *decoded_name
= ada_decode (name0
);
5122 /* If the decoded name starts with an angle bracket, it means that
5123 NAME0 does not follow the GNAT encoding format. It should then
5124 not be allowed as a possible wild match. */
5125 if (decoded_name
[0] == '<')
5128 for (i
=0; decoded_name
[i
] != '\0'; i
++)
5129 if (isalpha (decoded_name
[i
]) && !islower (decoded_name
[i
]))
5135 /* Advance *NAMEP to next occurrence of TARGET0 in the string NAME0
5136 that could start a simple name. Assumes that *NAMEP points into
5137 the string beginning at NAME0. */
5140 advance_wild_match (const char **namep
, const char *name0
, int target0
)
5142 const char *name
= *namep
;
5152 if ((t1
>= 'a' && t1
<= 'z') || (t1
>= '0' && t1
<= '9'))
5155 if (name
== name0
+ 5 && strncmp (name0
, "_ada", 4) == 0)
5160 else if (t1
== '_' && ((name
[2] >= 'a' && name
[2] <= 'z')
5161 || name
[2] == target0
))
5169 else if ((t0
>= 'a' && t0
<= 'z') || (t0
>= '0' && t0
<= '9'))
5179 /* Return 0 iff NAME encodes a name of the form prefix.PATN. Ignores any
5180 informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is
5181 true). Assumes that PATN is a lower-cased Ada simple name. */
5184 wild_match (const char *name
, const char *patn
)
5187 const char *name0
= name
;
5191 const char *match
= name
;
5195 for (name
+= 1, p
= patn
+ 1; *p
!= '\0'; name
+= 1, p
+= 1)
5198 if (*p
== '\0' && is_name_suffix (name
))
5199 return match
!= name0
&& !is_valid_name_for_wild_match (name0
);
5201 if (name
[-1] == '_')
5204 if (!advance_wild_match (&name
, name0
, *patn
))
5209 /* Returns 0 iff symbol name SYM_NAME matches SEARCH_NAME, apart from
5210 informational suffix. */
5213 full_match (const char *sym_name
, const char *search_name
)
5215 return !match_name (sym_name
, search_name
, 0);
5219 /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN to
5220 vector *defn_symbols, updating the list of symbols in OBSTACKP
5221 (if necessary). If WILD, treat as NAME with a wildcard prefix.
5222 OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK.
5223 SYMTAB is recorded with each symbol added. */
5226 ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
5227 struct block
*block
, const char *name
,
5228 domain_enum domain
, struct objfile
*objfile
,
5231 struct dict_iterator iter
;
5232 int name_len
= strlen (name
);
5233 /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */
5234 struct symbol
*arg_sym
;
5235 /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol. */
5243 for (sym
= dict_iter_match_first (BLOCK_DICT (block
), name
,
5245 sym
!= NULL
; sym
= dict_iter_match_next (name
, wild_match
, &iter
))
5247 if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym
),
5248 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym
), domain
)
5249 && wild_match (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
), name
) == 0)
5251 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) == LOC_UNRESOLVED
)
5253 else if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym
))
5258 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
5259 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, objfile
),
5267 for (sym
= dict_iter_match_first (BLOCK_DICT (block
), name
,
5269 sym
!= NULL
; sym
= dict_iter_match_next (name
, full_match
, &iter
))
5271 if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym
),
5272 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym
), domain
))
5274 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_UNRESOLVED
)
5276 if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym
))
5281 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
5282 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, objfile
),
5290 if (!found_sym
&& arg_sym
!= NULL
)
5292 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
5293 fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym
, objfile
),
5302 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block
, iter
, sym
)
5304 if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym
),
5305 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym
), domain
))
5309 cmp
= (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
)[0];
5312 cmp
= strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
), 5);
5314 cmp
= strncmp (name
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
) + 5,
5319 && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
) + name_len
+ 5))
5321 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_UNRESOLVED
)
5323 if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym
))
5328 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
5329 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, objfile
),
5337 /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols.
5338 They aren't parameters, right? */
5339 if (!found_sym
&& arg_sym
!= NULL
)
5341 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
5342 fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym
, objfile
),
5349 /* Symbol Completion */
5351 /* If SYM_NAME is a completion candidate for TEXT, return this symbol
5352 name in a form that's appropriate for the completion. The result
5353 does not need to be deallocated, but is only good until the next call.
5355 TEXT_LEN is equal to the length of TEXT.
5356 Perform a wild match if WILD_MATCH is set.
5357 ENCODED should be set if TEXT represents the start of a symbol name
5358 in its encoded form. */
5361 symbol_completion_match (const char *sym_name
,
5362 const char *text
, int text_len
,
5363 int wild_match
, int encoded
)
5365 const int verbatim_match
= (text
[0] == '<');
5370 /* Strip the leading angle bracket. */
5375 /* First, test against the fully qualified name of the symbol. */
5377 if (strncmp (sym_name
, text
, text_len
) == 0)
5380 if (match
&& !encoded
)
5382 /* One needed check before declaring a positive match is to verify
5383 that iff we are doing a verbatim match, the decoded version
5384 of the symbol name starts with '<'. Otherwise, this symbol name
5385 is not a suitable completion. */
5386 const char *sym_name_copy
= sym_name
;
5387 int has_angle_bracket
;
5389 sym_name
= ada_decode (sym_name
);
5390 has_angle_bracket
= (sym_name
[0] == '<');
5391 match
= (has_angle_bracket
== verbatim_match
);
5392 sym_name
= sym_name_copy
;
5395 if (match
&& !verbatim_match
)
5397 /* When doing non-verbatim match, another check that needs to
5398 be done is to verify that the potentially matching symbol name
5399 does not include capital letters, because the ada-mode would
5400 not be able to understand these symbol names without the
5401 angle bracket notation. */
5404 for (tmp
= sym_name
; *tmp
!= '\0' && !isupper (*tmp
); tmp
++);
5409 /* Second: Try wild matching... */
5411 if (!match
&& wild_match
)
5413 /* Since we are doing wild matching, this means that TEXT
5414 may represent an unqualified symbol name. We therefore must
5415 also compare TEXT against the unqualified name of the symbol. */
5416 sym_name
= ada_unqualified_name (ada_decode (sym_name
));
5418 if (strncmp (sym_name
, text
, text_len
) == 0)
5422 /* Finally: If we found a mach, prepare the result to return. */
5428 sym_name
= add_angle_brackets (sym_name
);
5431 sym_name
= ada_decode (sym_name
);
5436 DEF_VEC_P (char_ptr
);
5438 /* A companion function to ada_make_symbol_completion_list().
5439 Check if SYM_NAME represents a symbol which name would be suitable
5440 to complete TEXT (TEXT_LEN is the length of TEXT), in which case
5441 it is appended at the end of the given string vector SV.
5443 ORIG_TEXT is the string original string from the user command
5444 that needs to be completed. WORD is the entire command on which
5445 completion should be performed. These two parameters are used to
5446 determine which part of the symbol name should be added to the
5448 if WILD_MATCH is set, then wild matching is performed.
5449 ENCODED should be set if TEXT represents a symbol name in its
5450 encoded formed (in which case the completion should also be
5454 symbol_completion_add (VEC(char_ptr
) **sv
,
5455 const char *sym_name
,
5456 const char *text
, int text_len
,
5457 const char *orig_text
, const char *word
,
5458 int wild_match
, int encoded
)
5460 const char *match
= symbol_completion_match (sym_name
, text
, text_len
,
5461 wild_match
, encoded
);
5467 /* We found a match, so add the appropriate completion to the given
5470 if (word
== orig_text
)
5472 completion
= xmalloc (strlen (match
) + 5);
5473 strcpy (completion
, match
);
5475 else if (word
> orig_text
)
5477 /* Return some portion of sym_name. */
5478 completion
= xmalloc (strlen (match
) + 5);
5479 strcpy (completion
, match
+ (word
- orig_text
));
5483 /* Return some of ORIG_TEXT plus sym_name. */
5484 completion
= xmalloc (strlen (match
) + (orig_text
- word
) + 5);
5485 strncpy (completion
, word
, orig_text
- word
);
5486 completion
[orig_text
- word
] = '\0';
5487 strcat (completion
, match
);
5490 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, *sv
, completion
);
5493 /* An object of this type is passed as the user_data argument to the
5494 expand_partial_symbol_names method. */
5495 struct add_partial_datum
5497 VEC(char_ptr
) **completions
;
5506 /* A callback for expand_partial_symbol_names. */
5508 ada_expand_partial_symbol_name (const char *name
, void *user_data
)
5510 struct add_partial_datum
*data
= user_data
;
5512 return symbol_completion_match (name
, data
->text
, data
->text_len
,
5513 data
->wild_match
, data
->encoded
) != NULL
;
5516 /* Return a list of possible symbol names completing TEXT0. The list
5517 is NULL terminated. WORD is the entire command on which completion
5521 ada_make_symbol_completion_list (char *text0
, char *word
)
5527 VEC(char_ptr
) *completions
= VEC_alloc (char_ptr
, 128);
5530 struct minimal_symbol
*msymbol
;
5531 struct objfile
*objfile
;
5532 struct block
*b
, *surrounding_static_block
= 0;
5534 struct dict_iterator iter
;
5536 if (text0
[0] == '<')
5538 text
= xstrdup (text0
);
5539 make_cleanup (xfree
, text
);
5540 text_len
= strlen (text
);
5546 text
= xstrdup (ada_encode (text0
));
5547 make_cleanup (xfree
, text
);
5548 text_len
= strlen (text
);
5549 for (i
= 0; i
< text_len
; i
++)
5550 text
[i
] = tolower (text
[i
]);
5552 encoded
= (strstr (text0
, "__") != NULL
);
5553 /* If the name contains a ".", then the user is entering a fully
5554 qualified entity name, and the match must not be done in wild
5555 mode. Similarly, if the user wants to complete what looks like
5556 an encoded name, the match must not be done in wild mode. */
5557 wild_match
= (strchr (text0
, '.') == NULL
&& !encoded
);
5560 /* First, look at the partial symtab symbols. */
5562 struct add_partial_datum data
;
5564 data
.completions
= &completions
;
5566 data
.text_len
= text_len
;
5569 data
.wild_match
= wild_match
;
5570 data
.encoded
= encoded
;
5571 expand_partial_symbol_names (ada_expand_partial_symbol_name
, &data
);
5574 /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each
5575 symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore
5576 anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be
5577 handled by the psymtab code above). */
5579 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile
, msymbol
)
5582 symbol_completion_add (&completions
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol
),
5583 text
, text_len
, text0
, word
, wild_match
, encoded
);
5586 /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can
5587 complete on local vars. */
5589 for (b
= get_selected_block (0); b
!= NULL
; b
= BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b
))
5591 if (!BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b
))
5592 surrounding_static_block
= b
; /* For elmin of dups */
5594 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b
, iter
, sym
)
5596 symbol_completion_add (&completions
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
),
5597 text
, text_len
, text0
, word
,
5598 wild_match
, encoded
);
5602 /* Go through the symtabs and check the externs and statics for
5603 symbols which match. */
5605 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile
, s
)
5608 b
= BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s
), GLOBAL_BLOCK
);
5609 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b
, iter
, sym
)
5611 symbol_completion_add (&completions
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
),
5612 text
, text_len
, text0
, word
,
5613 wild_match
, encoded
);
5617 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile
, s
)
5620 b
= BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s
), STATIC_BLOCK
);
5621 /* Don't do this block twice. */
5622 if (b
== surrounding_static_block
)
5624 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b
, iter
, sym
)
5626 symbol_completion_add (&completions
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
),
5627 text
, text_len
, text0
, word
,
5628 wild_match
, encoded
);
5632 /* Append the closing NULL entry. */
5633 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, completions
, NULL
);
5635 /* Make a copy of the COMPLETIONS VEC before we free it, and then
5636 return the copy. It's unfortunate that we have to make a copy
5637 of an array that we're about to destroy, but there is nothing much
5638 we can do about it. Fortunately, it's typically not a very large
5641 const size_t completions_size
=
5642 VEC_length (char_ptr
, completions
) * sizeof (char *);
5643 char **result
= xmalloc (completions_size
);
5645 memcpy (result
, VEC_address (char_ptr
, completions
), completions_size
);
5647 VEC_free (char_ptr
, completions
);
5654 /* Return non-zero if TYPE is a pointer to the GNAT dispatch table used
5655 for tagged types. */
5658 ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (struct type
*type
)
5662 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
5665 name
= TYPE_NAME (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
5669 return (strcmp (name
, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0);
5672 /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed
5673 to be invisible to users. */
5676 ada_is_ignored_field (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5678 if (field_num
< 0 || field_num
> TYPE_NFIELDS (type
))
5681 /* Check the name of that field. */
5683 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
5685 /* Anonymous field names should not be printed.
5686 brobecker/2007-02-20: I don't think this can actually happen
5687 but we don't want to print the value of annonymous fields anyway. */
5691 /* A field named "_parent" is internally generated by GNAT for
5692 tagged types, and should not be printed either. */
5693 if (name
[0] == '_' && strncmp (name
, "_parent", 7) != 0)
5697 /* If this is the dispatch table of a tagged type, then ignore. */
5698 if (ada_is_tagged_type (type
, 1)
5699 && ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, field_num
)))
5702 /* Not a special field, so it should not be ignored. */
5706 /* True iff TYPE has a tag field. If REFOK, then TYPE may also be a
5707 pointer or reference type whose ultimate target has a tag field. */
5710 ada_is_tagged_type (struct type
*type
, int refok
)
5712 return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "_tag", refok
, 1, NULL
) != NULL
);
5715 /* True iff TYPE represents the type of X'Tag */
5718 ada_is_tag_type (struct type
*type
)
5720 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
5724 const char *name
= ada_type_name (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
5726 return (name
!= NULL
5727 && strcmp (name
, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0);
5731 /* The type of the tag on VAL. */
5734 ada_tag_type (struct value
*val
)
5736 return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (value_type (val
), "_tag", 1, 0, NULL
);
5739 /* The value of the tag on VAL. */
5742 ada_value_tag (struct value
*val
)
5744 return ada_value_struct_elt (val
, "_tag", 0);
5747 /* The value of the tag on the object of type TYPE whose contents are
5748 saved at VALADDR, if it is non-null, or is at memory address
5751 static struct value
*
5752 value_tag_from_contents_and_address (struct type
*type
,
5753 const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
5756 int tag_byte_offset
;
5757 struct type
*tag_type
;
5759 if (find_struct_field ("_tag", type
, 0, &tag_type
, &tag_byte_offset
,
5762 const gdb_byte
*valaddr1
= ((valaddr
== NULL
)
5764 : valaddr
+ tag_byte_offset
);
5765 CORE_ADDR address1
= (address
== 0) ? 0 : address
+ tag_byte_offset
;
5767 return value_from_contents_and_address (tag_type
, valaddr1
, address1
);
5772 static struct type
*
5773 type_from_tag (struct value
*tag
)
5775 const char *type_name
= ada_tag_name (tag
);
5777 if (type_name
!= NULL
)
5778 return ada_find_any_type (ada_encode (type_name
));
5789 static int ada_tag_name_1 (void *);
5790 static int ada_tag_name_2 (struct tag_args
*);
5792 /* Wrapper function used by ada_tag_name. Given a struct tag_args*
5793 value ARGS, sets ARGS->name to the tag name of ARGS->tag.
5794 The value stored in ARGS->name is valid until the next call to
5798 ada_tag_name_1 (void *args0
)
5800 struct tag_args
*args
= (struct tag_args
*) args0
;
5801 static char name
[1024];
5806 val
= ada_value_struct_elt (args
->tag
, "tsd", 1);
5808 return ada_tag_name_2 (args
);
5809 val
= ada_value_struct_elt (val
, "expanded_name", 1);
5812 read_memory_string (value_as_address (val
), name
, sizeof (name
) - 1);
5813 for (p
= name
; *p
!= '\0'; p
+= 1)
5820 /* Return the "ada__tags__type_specific_data" type. */
5822 static struct type
*
5823 ada_get_tsd_type (struct inferior
*inf
)
5825 struct ada_inferior_data
*data
= get_ada_inferior_data (inf
);
5827 if (data
->tsd_type
== 0)
5828 data
->tsd_type
= ada_find_any_type ("ada__tags__type_specific_data");
5829 return data
->tsd_type
;
5832 /* Utility function for ada_tag_name_1 that tries the second
5833 representation for the dispatch table (in which there is no
5834 explicit 'tsd' field in the referent of the tag pointer, and instead
5835 the tsd pointer is stored just before the dispatch table. */
5838 ada_tag_name_2 (struct tag_args
*args
)
5840 struct type
*info_type
;
5841 static char name
[1024];
5843 struct value
*val
, *valp
;
5846 info_type
= ada_get_tsd_type (current_inferior());
5847 if (info_type
== NULL
)
5849 info_type
= lookup_pointer_type (lookup_pointer_type (info_type
));
5850 valp
= value_cast (info_type
, args
->tag
);
5853 val
= value_ind (value_ptradd (valp
, -1));
5856 val
= ada_value_struct_elt (val
, "expanded_name", 1);
5859 read_memory_string (value_as_address (val
), name
, sizeof (name
) - 1);
5860 for (p
= name
; *p
!= '\0'; p
+= 1)
5867 /* The type name of the dynamic type denoted by the 'tag value TAG, as
5871 ada_tag_name (struct value
*tag
)
5873 struct tag_args args
;
5875 if (!ada_is_tag_type (value_type (tag
)))
5879 catch_errors (ada_tag_name_1
, &args
, NULL
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
5883 /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */
5886 ada_parent_type (struct type
*type
)
5890 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
5892 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
5895 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
5896 if (ada_is_parent_field (type
, i
))
5898 struct type
*parent_type
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
);
5900 /* If the _parent field is a pointer, then dereference it. */
5901 if (TYPE_CODE (parent_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
5902 parent_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (parent_type
);
5903 /* If there is a parallel XVS type, get the actual base type. */
5904 parent_type
= ada_get_base_type (parent_type
);
5906 return ada_check_typedef (parent_type
);
5912 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the
5913 parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is
5914 a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5917 ada_is_parent_field (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5919 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ada_check_typedef (type
), field_num
);
5921 return (name
!= NULL
5922 && (strncmp (name
, "PARENT", 6) == 0
5923 || strncmp (name
, "_parent", 7) == 0));
5926 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a
5927 transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing
5928 field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a
5929 structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always
5933 ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5935 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
5937 return (name
!= NULL
5938 && (strncmp (name
, "PARENT", 6) == 0
5939 || strcmp (name
, "REP") == 0
5940 || strncmp (name
, "_parent", 7) == 0
5941 || name
[0] == 'S' || name
[0] == 'R' || name
[0] == 'O'));
5944 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE
5945 is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least
5946 FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5949 ada_is_variant_part (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5951 struct type
*field_type
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, field_num
);
5953 return (TYPE_CODE (field_type
) == TYPE_CODE_UNION
5954 || (is_dynamic_field (type
, field_num
)
5955 && (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type
))
5956 == TYPE_CODE_UNION
)));
5959 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part)
5960 whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE,
5961 returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant.
5962 May return NULL if the type could not be found. */
5965 ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type
*var_type
, struct type
*outer_type
)
5967 char *name
= ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type
);
5969 return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type
, name
, 1, 1, NULL
);
5972 /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a
5973 valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE
5974 represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */
5977 ada_is_others_clause (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5979 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
5981 return (name
!= NULL
&& name
[0] == 'O');
5984 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record,
5985 returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant.
5986 The value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */
5989 ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type
*type0
)
5991 static char *result
= NULL
;
5992 static size_t result_len
= 0;
5995 const char *discrim_end
;
5996 const char *discrim_start
;
5998 if (TYPE_CODE (type0
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
5999 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
);
6003 name
= ada_type_name (type
);
6005 if (name
== NULL
|| name
[0] == '\000')
6008 for (discrim_end
= name
+ strlen (name
) - 6; discrim_end
!= name
;
6011 if (strncmp (discrim_end
, "___XVN", 6) == 0)
6014 if (discrim_end
== name
)
6017 for (discrim_start
= discrim_end
; discrim_start
!= name
+ 3;
6020 if (discrim_start
== name
+ 1)
6022 if ((discrim_start
> name
+ 3
6023 && strncmp (discrim_start
- 3, "___", 3) == 0)
6024 || discrim_start
[-1] == '.')
6028 GROW_VECT (result
, result_len
, discrim_end
- discrim_start
+ 1);
6029 strncpy (result
, discrim_start
, discrim_end
- discrim_start
);
6030 result
[discrim_end
- discrim_start
] = '\0';
6034 /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K.
6035 Put the position of the character just past the number scanned in
6036 *NEW_K, if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL.
6037 Return 1 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0
6038 otherwise. A "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value
6039 in decimal, followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number.
6040 Assumes 0m does not occur. */
6043 ada_scan_number (const char str
[], int k
, LONGEST
* R
, int *new_k
)
6047 if (!isdigit (str
[k
]))
6050 /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about
6051 the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and
6054 while (isdigit (str
[k
]))
6056 RU
= RU
* 10 + (str
[k
] - '0');
6063 *R
= (-(LONGEST
) (RU
- 1)) - 1;
6069 /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of
6070 - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive
6071 number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work
6072 in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch
6073 above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */
6080 /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field),
6081 and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is
6082 in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */
6085 ada_in_variant (LONGEST val
, struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
6087 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
6101 if (!ada_scan_number (name
, p
+ 1, &W
, &p
))
6111 if (!ada_scan_number (name
, p
+ 1, &L
, &p
)
6112 || name
[p
] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name
, p
+ 1, &U
, &p
))
6114 if (val
>= L
&& val
<= U
)
6126 /* FIXME: Lots of redundancy below. Try to consolidate. */
6128 /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes) of a struct or union type
6129 ARG_TYPE, extract and return the value of one of its (non-static)
6130 fields. FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field
6131 only in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */
6133 static struct value
*
6134 ada_value_primitive_field (struct value
*arg1
, int offset
, int fieldno
,
6135 struct type
*arg_type
)
6139 arg_type
= ada_check_typedef (arg_type
);
6140 type
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type
, fieldno
);
6142 /* Handle packed fields. */
6144 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type
, fieldno
) != 0)
6146 int bit_pos
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type
, fieldno
);
6147 int bit_size
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type
, fieldno
);
6149 return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1
, value_contents (arg1
),
6150 offset
+ bit_pos
/ 8,
6151 bit_pos
% 8, bit_size
, type
);
6154 return value_primitive_field (arg1
, offset
, fieldno
, arg_type
);
6157 /* Find field with name NAME in object of type TYPE. If found,
6158 set the following for each argument that is non-null:
6159 - *FIELD_TYPE_P to the field's type;
6160 - *BYTE_OFFSET_P to OFFSET + the byte offset of the field within
6161 an object of that type;
6162 - *BIT_OFFSET_P to the bit offset modulo byte size of the field;
6163 - *BIT_SIZE_P to its size in bits if the field is packed, and
6165 If INDEX_P is non-null, increment *INDEX_P by the number of source-visible
6166 fields up to but not including the desired field, or by the total
6167 number of fields if not found. A NULL value of NAME never
6168 matches; the function just counts visible fields in this case.
6170 Returns 1 if found, 0 otherwise. */
6173 find_struct_field (char *name
, struct type
*type
, int offset
,
6174 struct type
**field_type_p
,
6175 int *byte_offset_p
, int *bit_offset_p
, int *bit_size_p
,
6180 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6182 if (field_type_p
!= NULL
)
6183 *field_type_p
= NULL
;
6184 if (byte_offset_p
!= NULL
)
6186 if (bit_offset_p
!= NULL
)
6188 if (bit_size_p
!= NULL
)
6191 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
6193 int bit_pos
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
);
6194 int fld_offset
= offset
+ bit_pos
/ 8;
6195 char *t_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
);
6197 if (t_field_name
== NULL
)
6200 else if (name
!= NULL
&& field_name_match (t_field_name
, name
))
6202 int bit_size
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, i
);
6204 if (field_type_p
!= NULL
)
6205 *field_type_p
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
);
6206 if (byte_offset_p
!= NULL
)
6207 *byte_offset_p
= fld_offset
;
6208 if (bit_offset_p
!= NULL
)
6209 *bit_offset_p
= bit_pos
% 8;
6210 if (bit_size_p
!= NULL
)
6211 *bit_size_p
= bit_size
;
6214 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
6216 if (find_struct_field (name
, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
), fld_offset
,
6217 field_type_p
, byte_offset_p
, bit_offset_p
,
6218 bit_size_p
, index_p
))
6221 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
6223 /* PNH: Wait. Do we ever execute this section, or is ARG always of
6226 struct type
*field_type
6227 = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
));
6229 for (j
= 0; j
< TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type
); j
+= 1)
6231 if (find_struct_field (name
, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type
, j
),
6233 + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type
, j
) / 8,
6234 field_type_p
, byte_offset_p
,
6235 bit_offset_p
, bit_size_p
, index_p
))
6239 else if (index_p
!= NULL
)
6245 /* Number of user-visible fields in record type TYPE. */
6248 num_visible_fields (struct type
*type
)
6253 find_struct_field (NULL
, type
, 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &n
);
6257 /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes,
6258 and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
6259 If found, return value, else return NULL.
6261 Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */
6263 static struct value
*
6264 ada_search_struct_field (char *name
, struct value
*arg
, int offset
,
6269 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6270 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
6272 char *t_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
);
6274 if (t_field_name
== NULL
)
6277 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name
, name
))
6278 return ada_value_primitive_field (arg
, offset
, i
, type
);
6280 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
6282 struct value
*v
= /* Do not let indent join lines here. */
6283 ada_search_struct_field (name
, arg
,
6284 offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8,
6285 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
));
6291 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
6293 /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See find_struct_field. */
6295 struct type
*field_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
,
6297 int var_offset
= offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8;
6299 for (j
= 0; j
< TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type
); j
+= 1)
6301 struct value
*v
= ada_search_struct_field
/* Force line
6304 var_offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type
, j
) / 8,
6305 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type
, j
));
6315 static struct value
*ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *, struct value
*,
6316 int, struct type
*);
6319 /* Return field #INDEX in ARG, where the index is that returned by
6320 * find_struct_field through its INDEX_P argument. Adjust the address
6321 * of ARG by OFFSET bytes, and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
6322 * If found, return value, else return NULL. */
6324 static struct value
*
6325 ada_index_struct_field (int index
, struct value
*arg
, int offset
,
6328 return ada_index_struct_field_1 (&index
, arg
, offset
, type
);
6332 /* Auxiliary function for ada_index_struct_field. Like
6333 * ada_index_struct_field, but takes index from *INDEX_P and modifies
6336 static struct value
*
6337 ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *index_p
, struct value
*arg
, int offset
,
6341 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6343 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
6345 if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
) == NULL
)
6347 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
6349 struct value
*v
= /* Do not let indent join lines here. */
6350 ada_index_struct_field_1 (index_p
, arg
,
6351 offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8,
6352 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
));
6358 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
6360 /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See ada_search_struct_field,
6361 find_struct_field. */
6362 error (_("Cannot assign this kind of variant record"));
6364 else if (*index_p
== 0)
6365 return ada_value_primitive_field (arg
, offset
, i
, type
);
6372 /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer or reference to a)*
6373 structure/union, extract the component named NAME from the ultimate
6374 target structure/union and return it as a value with its
6377 The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself
6378 and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members
6381 If NO_ERR, then simply return NULL in case of error, rather than
6385 ada_value_struct_elt (struct value
*arg
, char *name
, int no_err
)
6387 struct type
*t
, *t1
;
6391 t1
= t
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg
));
6392 if (TYPE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
6394 t1
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t
);
6397 t1
= ada_check_typedef (t1
);
6398 if (TYPE_CODE (t1
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6400 arg
= coerce_ref (arg
);
6405 while (TYPE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6407 t1
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t
);
6410 t1
= ada_check_typedef (t1
);
6411 if (TYPE_CODE (t1
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6413 arg
= value_ind (arg
);
6420 if (TYPE_CODE (t1
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
&& TYPE_CODE (t1
) != TYPE_CODE_UNION
)
6424 v
= ada_search_struct_field (name
, arg
, 0, t
);
6427 int bit_offset
, bit_size
, byte_offset
;
6428 struct type
*field_type
;
6431 if (TYPE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6432 address
= value_as_address (arg
);
6434 address
= unpack_pointer (t
, value_contents (arg
));
6436 t1
= ada_to_fixed_type (ada_get_base_type (t1
), NULL
, address
, NULL
, 1);
6437 if (find_struct_field (name
, t1
, 0,
6438 &field_type
, &byte_offset
, &bit_offset
,
6443 if (TYPE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
6444 arg
= ada_coerce_ref (arg
);
6446 arg
= ada_value_ind (arg
);
6447 v
= ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg
, NULL
, byte_offset
,
6448 bit_offset
, bit_size
,
6452 v
= value_at_lazy (field_type
, address
+ byte_offset
);
6456 if (v
!= NULL
|| no_err
)
6459 error (_("There is no member named %s."), name
);
6465 error (_("Attempt to extract a component of "
6466 "a value that is not a record."));
6469 /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME.
6470 If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a
6471 structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not
6472 work for packed fields).
6474 Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly
6477 TYPE can be either a struct or union. If REFOK, TYPE may also
6478 be a (pointer or reference)+ to a struct or union, and the
6479 ultimate target type will be searched.
6481 Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types.
6483 If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined or
6484 TYPE is not a type of the right kind. */
6486 static struct type
*
6487 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type
*type
, char *name
, int refok
,
6488 int noerr
, int *dispp
)
6495 if (refok
&& type
!= NULL
)
6498 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6499 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
6500 && TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_REF
)
6502 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
6506 || (TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6507 && TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_UNION
))
6513 target_terminal_ours ();
6514 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout
);
6516 error (_("Type (null) is not a structure or union type"));
6519 /* XXX: type_sprint */
6520 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr
, _("Type "));
6521 type_print (type
, "", gdb_stderr
, -1);
6522 error (_(" is not a structure or union type"));
6527 type
= to_static_fixed_type (type
);
6529 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
6531 char *t_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
);
6535 if (t_field_name
== NULL
)
6538 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name
, name
))
6541 *dispp
+= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8;
6542 return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
));
6545 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
6548 t
= ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
), name
,
6553 *dispp
+= disp
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8;
6558 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
6561 struct type
*field_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
,
6564 for (j
= TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
-= 1)
6566 /* FIXME pnh 2008/01/26: We check for a field that is
6567 NOT wrapped in a struct, since the compiler sometimes
6568 generates these for unchecked variant types. Revisit
6569 if the compiler changes this practice. */
6570 char *v_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (field_type
, j
);
6572 if (v_field_name
!= NULL
6573 && field_name_match (v_field_name
, name
))
6574 t
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type
, j
));
6576 t
= ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type
,
6583 *dispp
+= disp
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8;
6594 target_terminal_ours ();
6595 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout
);
6598 /* XXX: type_sprint */
6599 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr
, _("Type "));
6600 type_print (type
, "", gdb_stderr
, -1);
6601 error (_(" has no component named <null>"));
6605 /* XXX: type_sprint */
6606 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr
, _("Type "));
6607 type_print (type
, "", gdb_stderr
, -1);
6608 error (_(" has no component named %s"), name
);
6615 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
6616 within a value of type OUTER_TYPE, return true iff VAR_TYPE
6617 represents an unchecked union (that is, the variant part of a
6618 record that is named in an Unchecked_Union pragma). */
6621 is_unchecked_variant (struct type
*var_type
, struct type
*outer_type
)
6623 char *discrim_name
= ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type
);
6625 return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type
, discrim_name
, 0, 1, NULL
)
6630 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
6631 within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at
6632 OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE,
6633 numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */
6636 ada_which_variant_applies (struct type
*var_type
, struct type
*outer_type
,
6637 const gdb_byte
*outer_valaddr
)
6641 char *discrim_name
= ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type
);
6642 struct value
*outer
;
6643 struct value
*discrim
;
6644 LONGEST discrim_val
;
6646 outer
= value_from_contents_and_address (outer_type
, outer_valaddr
, 0);
6647 discrim
= ada_value_struct_elt (outer
, discrim_name
, 1);
6648 if (discrim
== NULL
)
6650 discrim_val
= value_as_long (discrim
);
6653 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type
); i
+= 1)
6655 if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type
, i
))
6657 else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val
, var_type
, i
))
6661 return others_clause
;
6666 /* Dynamic-Sized Records */
6668 /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size
6669 (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging
6670 data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value.
6671 Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate,
6672 conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */
6674 /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot
6675 determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However,
6676 the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent
6677 quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size
6678 of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space
6679 for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the
6680 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters,
6681 rather than struct value*s.
6683 However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are
6684 struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in
6685 general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in
6686 the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all
6687 conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described
6688 above), so that we don't usually have to perform the
6689 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values.
6690 Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal
6691 history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained
6692 records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each
6693 element selected. */
6695 /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host
6696 address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value.
6697 The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal
6698 copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the
6699 target at the target address. */
6701 /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of
6702 dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of
6703 dynamic-sized types. */
6706 ada_value_ind (struct value
*val0
)
6708 struct value
*val
= unwrap_value (value_ind (val0
));
6710 return ada_to_fixed_value (val
);
6713 /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to"
6714 qualifiers on VAL0. */
6716 static struct value
*
6717 ada_coerce_ref (struct value
*val0
)
6719 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val0
)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
6721 struct value
*val
= val0
;
6723 val
= coerce_ref (val
);
6724 val
= unwrap_value (val
);
6725 return ada_to_fixed_value (val
);
6731 /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of
6732 ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */
6735 align_value (unsigned int off
, unsigned int alignment
)
6737 return (off
+ alignment
- 1) & ~(alignment
- 1);
6740 /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */
6743 field_alignment (struct type
*type
, int f
)
6745 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
);
6749 /* The field name should never be null, unless the debugging information
6750 is somehow malformed. In this case, we assume the field does not
6751 require any alignment. */
6755 len
= strlen (name
);
6757 if (!isdigit (name
[len
- 1]))
6760 if (isdigit (name
[len
- 2]))
6761 align_offset
= len
- 2;
6763 align_offset
= len
- 1;
6765 if (align_offset
< 7 || strncmp ("___XV", name
+ align_offset
- 6, 5) != 0)
6766 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
6768 return atoi (name
+ align_offset
) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
6771 /* Find a symbol named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */
6774 ada_find_any_symbol (const char *name
)
6778 sym
= standard_lookup (name
, get_selected_block (NULL
), VAR_DOMAIN
);
6779 if (sym
!= NULL
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) == LOC_TYPEDEF
)
6782 sym
= standard_lookup (name
, NULL
, STRUCT_DOMAIN
);
6786 /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. This routine will look
6787 solely for types defined by debug info, it will not search the GDB
6791 ada_find_any_type (const char *name
)
6793 struct symbol
*sym
= ada_find_any_symbol (name
);
6796 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym
);
6801 /* Given NAME and an associated BLOCK, search all symbols for
6802 NAME suffixed with "___XR", which is the ``renaming'' symbol
6803 associated to NAME. Return this symbol if found, return
6807 ada_find_renaming_symbol (const char *name
, struct block
*block
)
6811 sym
= find_old_style_renaming_symbol (name
, block
);
6816 /* Not right yet. FIXME pnh 7/20/2007. */
6817 sym
= ada_find_any_symbol (name
);
6818 if (sym
!= NULL
&& strstr (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
), "___XR") != NULL
)
6824 static struct symbol
*
6825 find_old_style_renaming_symbol (const char *name
, struct block
*block
)
6827 const struct symbol
*function_sym
= block_linkage_function (block
);
6830 if (function_sym
!= NULL
)
6832 /* If the symbol is defined inside a function, NAME is not fully
6833 qualified. This means we need to prepend the function name
6834 as well as adding the ``___XR'' suffix to build the name of
6835 the associated renaming symbol. */
6836 char *function_name
= SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (function_sym
);
6837 /* Function names sometimes contain suffixes used
6838 for instance to qualify nested subprograms. When building
6839 the XR type name, we need to make sure that this suffix is
6840 not included. So do not include any suffix in the function
6841 name length below. */
6842 int function_name_len
= ada_name_prefix_len (function_name
);
6843 const int rename_len
= function_name_len
+ 2 /* "__" */
6844 + strlen (name
) + 6 /* "___XR\0" */ ;
6846 /* Strip the suffix if necessary. */
6847 ada_remove_trailing_digits (function_name
, &function_name_len
);
6848 ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (function_name
, &function_name_len
);
6849 ada_remove_Xbn_suffix (function_name
, &function_name_len
);
6851 /* Library-level functions are a special case, as GNAT adds
6852 a ``_ada_'' prefix to the function name to avoid namespace
6853 pollution. However, the renaming symbols themselves do not
6854 have this prefix, so we need to skip this prefix if present. */
6855 if (function_name_len
> 5 /* "_ada_" */
6856 && strstr (function_name
, "_ada_") == function_name
)
6859 function_name_len
-= 5;
6862 rename
= (char *) alloca (rename_len
* sizeof (char));
6863 strncpy (rename
, function_name
, function_name_len
);
6864 xsnprintf (rename
+ function_name_len
, rename_len
- function_name_len
,
6869 const int rename_len
= strlen (name
) + 6;
6871 rename
= (char *) alloca (rename_len
* sizeof (char));
6872 xsnprintf (rename
, rename_len
* sizeof (char), "%s___XR", name
);
6875 return ada_find_any_symbol (rename
);
6878 /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a
6879 given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to
6880 that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero;
6881 otherwise return 0. */
6884 ada_prefer_type (struct type
*type0
, struct type
*type1
)
6888 else if (type0
== NULL
)
6890 else if (TYPE_CODE (type1
) == TYPE_CODE_VOID
)
6892 else if (TYPE_CODE (type0
) == TYPE_CODE_VOID
)
6894 else if (TYPE_NAME (type1
) == NULL
&& TYPE_NAME (type0
) != NULL
)
6896 else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0
))
6898 else if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type0
)
6899 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type1
))
6903 const char *type0_name
= type_name_no_tag (type0
);
6904 const char *type1_name
= type_name_no_tag (type1
);
6906 if (type0_name
!= NULL
&& strstr (type0_name
, "___XR") != NULL
6907 && (type1_name
== NULL
|| strstr (type1_name
, "___XR") == NULL
))
6913 /* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is
6914 null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */
6917 ada_type_name (struct type
*type
)
6921 else if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL
)
6922 return TYPE_NAME (type
);
6924 return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type
);
6927 /* Search the list of "descriptive" types associated to TYPE for a type
6928 whose name is NAME. */
6930 static struct type
*
6931 find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (struct type
*type
, const char *name
)
6933 struct type
*result
;
6935 /* If there no descriptive-type info, then there is no parallel type
6937 if (!HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type
))
6940 result
= TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (type
);
6941 while (result
!= NULL
)
6943 char *result_name
= ada_type_name (result
);
6945 if (result_name
== NULL
)
6947 warning (_("unexpected null name on descriptive type"));
6951 /* If the names match, stop. */
6952 if (strcmp (result_name
, name
) == 0)
6955 /* Otherwise, look at the next item on the list, if any. */
6956 if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (result
))
6957 result
= TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (result
);
6962 /* If we didn't find a match, see whether this is a packed array. With
6963 older compilers, the descriptive type information is either absent or
6964 irrelevant when it comes to packed arrays so the above lookup fails.
6965 Fall back to using a parallel lookup by name in this case. */
6966 if (result
== NULL
&& ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type
))
6967 return ada_find_any_type (name
);
6972 /* Find a parallel type to TYPE with the specified NAME, using the
6973 descriptive type taken from the debugging information, if available,
6974 and otherwise using the (slower) name-based method. */
6976 static struct type
*
6977 ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type
*type
, const char *name
)
6979 struct type
*result
= NULL
;
6981 if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type
))
6982 result
= find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (type
, name
);
6984 result
= ada_find_any_type (name
);
6989 /* Same as above, but specify the name of the parallel type by appending
6990 SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */
6993 ada_find_parallel_type (struct type
*type
, const char *suffix
)
6995 char *name
, *typename
= ada_type_name (type
);
6998 if (typename
== NULL
)
7001 len
= strlen (typename
);
7003 name
= (char *) alloca (len
+ strlen (suffix
) + 1);
7005 strcpy (name
, typename
);
7006 strcpy (name
+ len
, suffix
);
7008 return ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type
, name
);
7011 /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template
7012 type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */
7014 static struct type
*
7015 dynamic_template_type (struct type
*type
)
7017 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
7019 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7020 || ada_type_name (type
) == NULL
)
7024 int len
= strlen (ada_type_name (type
));
7026 if (len
> 6 && strcmp (ada_type_name (type
) + len
- 6, "___XVE") == 0)
7029 return ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XVE");
7033 /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns
7034 non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */
7037 is_dynamic_field (struct type
*templ_type
, int field_num
)
7039 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type
, field_num
);
7042 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type
, field_num
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7043 && strstr (name
, "___XVL") != NULL
;
7046 /* The index of the variant field of TYPE, or -1 if TYPE does not
7047 represent a variant record type. */
7050 variant_field_index (struct type
*type
)
7054 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
7057 for (f
= 0; f
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); f
+= 1)
7059 if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, f
))
7065 /* A record type with no fields. */
7067 static struct type
*
7068 empty_record (struct type
*template)
7070 struct type
*type
= alloc_type_copy (template);
7072 TYPE_CODE (type
) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
;
7073 TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) = 0;
7074 TYPE_FIELDS (type
) = NULL
;
7075 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type
);
7076 TYPE_NAME (type
) = "<empty>";
7077 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type
) = NULL
;
7078 TYPE_LENGTH (type
) = 0;
7082 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
7083 the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at
7084 the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions.
7085 DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any
7086 necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if value_type (VAL) is
7087 an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A
7088 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
7091 If not KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS, then all fields whose position or
7092 length are not statically known are discarded. As a consequence,
7093 VALADDR, ADDRESS and DVAL0 are ignored.
7095 NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and
7096 variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be
7100 ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (struct type
*type
,
7101 const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7102 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval0
,
7103 int keep_dynamic_fields
)
7105 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
7108 int nfields
, bit_len
;
7114 /* Compute the number of fields in this record type that are going
7115 to be processed: unless keep_dynamic_fields, this includes only
7116 fields whose position and length are static will be processed. */
7117 if (keep_dynamic_fields
)
7118 nfields
= TYPE_NFIELDS (type
);
7122 while (nfields
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
)
7123 && !ada_is_variant_part (type
, nfields
)
7124 && !is_dynamic_field (type
, nfields
))
7128 rtype
= alloc_type_copy (type
);
7129 TYPE_CODE (rtype
) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
;
7130 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype
);
7131 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype
) = nfields
;
7132 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
) = (struct field
*)
7133 TYPE_ALLOC (rtype
, nfields
* sizeof (struct field
));
7134 memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
), 0, sizeof (struct field
) * nfields
);
7135 TYPE_NAME (rtype
) = ada_type_name (type
);
7136 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype
) = NULL
;
7137 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (rtype
) = 1;
7143 for (f
= 0; f
< nfields
; f
+= 1)
7145 off
= align_value (off
, field_alignment (type
, f
))
7146 + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, f
);
7147 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype
, f
) = off
;
7148 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype
, f
) = 0;
7150 if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, f
))
7155 else if (is_dynamic_field (type
, f
))
7157 const gdb_byte
*field_valaddr
= valaddr
;
7158 CORE_ADDR field_address
= address
;
7159 struct type
*field_type
=
7160 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, f
));
7164 /* rtype's length is computed based on the run-time
7165 value of discriminants. If the discriminants are not
7166 initialized, the type size may be completely bogus and
7167 GDB may fail to allocate a value for it. So check the
7168 size first before creating the value. */
7170 dval
= value_from_contents_and_address (rtype
, valaddr
, address
);
7175 /* If the type referenced by this field is an aligner type, we need
7176 to unwrap that aligner type, because its size might not be set.
7177 Keeping the aligner type would cause us to compute the wrong
7178 size for this field, impacting the offset of the all the fields
7179 that follow this one. */
7180 if (ada_is_aligner_type (field_type
))
7182 long field_offset
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type
, f
);
7184 field_valaddr
= cond_offset_host (field_valaddr
, field_offset
);
7185 field_address
= cond_offset_target (field_address
, field_offset
);
7186 field_type
= ada_aligned_type (field_type
);
7189 field_valaddr
= cond_offset_host (field_valaddr
,
7190 off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
);
7191 field_address
= cond_offset_target (field_address
,
7192 off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
);
7194 /* Get the fixed type of the field. Note that, in this case,
7195 we do not want to get the real type out of the tag: if
7196 the current field is the parent part of a tagged record,
7197 we will get the tag of the object. Clearly wrong: the real
7198 type of the parent is not the real type of the child. We
7199 would end up in an infinite loop. */
7200 field_type
= ada_get_base_type (field_type
);
7201 field_type
= ada_to_fixed_type (field_type
, field_valaddr
,
7202 field_address
, dval
, 0);
7203 /* If the field size is already larger than the maximum
7204 object size, then the record itself will necessarily
7205 be larger than the maximum object size. We need to make
7206 this check now, because the size might be so ridiculously
7207 large (due to an uninitialized variable in the inferior)
7208 that it would cause an overflow when adding it to the
7210 check_size (field_type
);
7212 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, f
) = field_type
;
7213 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
);
7214 /* The multiplication can potentially overflow. But because
7215 the field length has been size-checked just above, and
7216 assuming that the maximum size is a reasonable value,
7217 an overflow should not happen in practice. So rather than
7218 adding overflow recovery code to this already complex code,
7219 we just assume that it's not going to happen. */
7221 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, f
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
7225 struct type
*field_type
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, f
);
7227 /* If our field is a typedef type (most likely a typedef of
7228 a fat pointer, encoding an array access), then we need to
7229 look at its target type to determine its characteristics.
7230 In particular, we would miscompute the field size if we took
7231 the size of the typedef (zero), instead of the size of
7233 if (TYPE_CODE (field_type
) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
7234 field_type
= ada_typedef_target_type (field_type
);
7236 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, f
) = field_type
;
7237 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
);
7238 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, f
) > 0)
7240 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, f
);
7243 TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (field_type
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
7245 if (off
+ fld_bit_len
> bit_len
)
7246 bit_len
= off
+ fld_bit_len
;
7248 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) =
7249 align_value (bit_len
, TARGET_CHAR_BIT
) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
7252 /* We handle the variant part, if any, at the end because of certain
7253 odd cases in which it is re-ordered so as NOT to be the last field of
7254 the record. This can happen in the presence of representation
7256 if (variant_field
>= 0)
7258 struct type
*branch_type
;
7260 off
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype
, variant_field
);
7263 dval
= value_from_contents_and_address (rtype
, valaddr
, address
);
7268 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
7269 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, variant_field
),
7270 cond_offset_host (valaddr
, off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
),
7271 cond_offset_target (address
, off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
), dval
);
7272 if (branch_type
== NULL
)
7274 for (f
= variant_field
+ 1; f
< TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype
); f
+= 1)
7275 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
)[f
- 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
)[f
];
7276 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype
) -= 1;
7280 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, variant_field
) = branch_type
;
7281 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, variant_field
) = "S";
7283 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, variant_field
)) *
7285 if (off
+ fld_bit_len
> bit_len
)
7286 bit_len
= off
+ fld_bit_len
;
7287 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) =
7288 align_value (bit_len
, TARGET_CHAR_BIT
) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
7292 /* According to exp_dbug.ads, the size of TYPE for variable-size records
7293 should contain the alignment of that record, which should be a strictly
7294 positive value. If null or negative, then something is wrong, most
7295 probably in the debug info. In that case, we don't round up the size
7296 of the resulting type. If this record is not part of another structure,
7297 the current RTYPE length might be good enough for our purposes. */
7298 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type
) <= 0)
7300 if (TYPE_NAME (rtype
))
7301 warning (_("Invalid type size for `%s' detected: %d."),
7302 TYPE_NAME (rtype
), TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
7304 warning (_("Invalid type size for <unnamed> detected: %d."),
7305 TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
7309 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
),
7310 TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
7313 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7314 if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) > varsize_limit
)
7315 error (_("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit"));
7319 /* As for ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 with KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS
7322 static struct type
*
7323 template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7324 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval0
)
7326 return ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (type
, valaddr
,
7330 /* An ordinary record type in which ___XVL-convention fields and
7331 ___XVU- and ___XVN-convention field types in TYPE0 are replaced with
7332 static approximations, containing all possible fields. Uses
7333 no runtime values. Useless for use in values, but that's OK,
7334 since the results are used only for type determinations. Works on both
7335 structs and unions. Representation note: to save space, we memorize
7336 the result of this function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the
7339 static struct type
*
7340 template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type
*type0
)
7346 if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
) != NULL
)
7347 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
);
7349 nfields
= TYPE_NFIELDS (type0
);
7352 for (f
= 0; f
< nfields
; f
+= 1)
7354 struct type
*field_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type0
, f
));
7355 struct type
*new_type
;
7357 if (is_dynamic_field (type0
, f
))
7358 new_type
= to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type
));
7360 new_type
= static_unwrap_type (field_type
);
7361 if (type
== type0
&& new_type
!= field_type
)
7363 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
) = type
= alloc_type_copy (type0
);
7364 TYPE_CODE (type
) = TYPE_CODE (type0
);
7365 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type
);
7366 TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) = nfields
;
7367 TYPE_FIELDS (type
) = (struct field
*)
7368 TYPE_ALLOC (type
, nfields
* sizeof (struct field
));
7369 memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (type
), TYPE_FIELDS (type0
),
7370 sizeof (struct field
) * nfields
);
7371 TYPE_NAME (type
) = ada_type_name (type0
);
7372 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type
) = NULL
;
7373 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type
) = 1;
7374 TYPE_LENGTH (type
) = 0;
7376 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, f
) = new_type
;
7377 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type0
, f
);
7382 /* Given an object of type TYPE whose contents are at VALADDR and
7383 whose address in memory is ADDRESS, returns a revision of TYPE,
7384 which should be a non-dynamic-sized record, in which the variant
7385 part, if any, is replaced with the appropriate branch. Looks
7386 for discriminant values in DVAL0, which can be NULL if the record
7387 contains the necessary discriminant values. */
7389 static struct type
*
7390 to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7391 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval0
)
7393 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
7396 struct type
*branch_type
;
7397 int nfields
= TYPE_NFIELDS (type
);
7398 int variant_field
= variant_field_index (type
);
7400 if (variant_field
== -1)
7404 dval
= value_from_contents_and_address (type
, valaddr
, address
);
7408 rtype
= alloc_type_copy (type
);
7409 TYPE_CODE (rtype
) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
;
7410 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype
);
7411 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype
) = nfields
;
7412 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
) =
7413 (struct field
*) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype
, nfields
* sizeof (struct field
));
7414 memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
), TYPE_FIELDS (type
),
7415 sizeof (struct field
) * nfields
);
7416 TYPE_NAME (rtype
) = ada_type_name (type
);
7417 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype
) = NULL
;
7418 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (rtype
) = 1;
7419 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) = TYPE_LENGTH (type
);
7421 branch_type
= to_fixed_variant_branch_type
7422 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, variant_field
),
7423 cond_offset_host (valaddr
,
7424 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, variant_field
)
7426 cond_offset_target (address
,
7427 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, variant_field
)
7428 / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
), dval
);
7429 if (branch_type
== NULL
)
7433 for (f
= variant_field
+ 1; f
< nfields
; f
+= 1)
7434 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
)[f
- 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
)[f
];
7435 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype
) -= 1;
7439 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, variant_field
) = branch_type
;
7440 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, variant_field
) = "S";
7441 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype
, variant_field
) = 0;
7442 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type
);
7444 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) -= TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, variant_field
));
7446 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7450 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
7451 the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at
7452 beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values
7453 should be in DVAL, a record value; it may be NULL if the object
7454 at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values.
7455 Additionally, VALADDR and ADDRESS may also be NULL if no discriminant
7456 values from the record are needed. Except in the case that DVAL,
7457 VALADDR, and ADDRESS are all 0 or NULL, a variant field (unless
7458 unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch of the variant.
7460 NOTE: the case in which DVAL and VALADDR are NULL and ADDRESS is 0
7461 is questionable and may be removed. It can arise during the
7462 processing of an unconstrained-array-of-record type where all the
7463 variant branches have exactly the same size. This is because in
7464 such cases, the compiler does not bother to use the XVS convention
7465 when encoding the record. I am currently dubious of this
7466 shortcut and suspect the compiler should be altered. FIXME. */
7468 static struct type
*
7469 to_fixed_record_type (struct type
*type0
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7470 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
)
7472 struct type
*templ_type
;
7474 if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0
))
7477 templ_type
= dynamic_template_type (type0
);
7479 if (templ_type
!= NULL
)
7480 return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type
, valaddr
, address
, dval
);
7481 else if (variant_field_index (type0
) >= 0)
7483 if (dval
== NULL
&& valaddr
== NULL
&& address
== 0)
7485 return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0
, valaddr
, address
,
7490 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0
) = 1;
7496 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
7497 the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a
7498 union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL,
7499 a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate
7500 branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value
7501 indicated in the union's type name. Returns VAR_TYPE0 itself if
7502 it represents a variant subject to a pragma Unchecked_Union. */
7504 static struct type
*
7505 to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type
*var_type0
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7506 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
)
7509 struct type
*templ_type
;
7510 struct type
*var_type
;
7512 if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
7513 var_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0
);
7515 var_type
= var_type0
;
7517 templ_type
= ada_find_parallel_type (var_type
, "___XVU");
7519 if (templ_type
!= NULL
)
7520 var_type
= templ_type
;
7522 if (is_unchecked_variant (var_type
, value_type (dval
)))
7525 ada_which_variant_applies (var_type
,
7526 value_type (dval
), value_contents (dval
));
7529 return empty_record (var_type
);
7530 else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type
, which
))
7531 return to_fixed_record_type
7532 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type
, which
)),
7533 valaddr
, address
, dval
);
7534 else if (variant_field_index (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type
, which
)) >= 0)
7536 to_fixed_record_type
7537 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type
, which
), valaddr
, address
, dval
);
7539 return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type
, which
);
7542 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value
7543 at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any
7544 discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that
7545 contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes
7546 are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is
7547 true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over
7550 static struct type
*
7551 to_fixed_array_type (struct type
*type0
, struct value
*dval
,
7554 struct type
*index_type_desc
;
7555 struct type
*result
;
7556 int constrained_packed_array_p
;
7558 type0
= ada_check_typedef (type0
);
7559 if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0
))
7562 constrained_packed_array_p
= ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0
);
7563 if (constrained_packed_array_p
)
7564 type0
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type0
);
7566 index_type_desc
= ada_find_parallel_type (type0
, "___XA");
7567 ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (index_type_desc
);
7568 if (index_type_desc
== NULL
)
7570 struct type
*elt_type0
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
));
7572 /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
7573 depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
7575 /* Create a fixed version of the array element type.
7576 We're not providing the address of an element here,
7577 and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do
7578 the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of
7579 unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all
7580 the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of
7581 the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to
7582 consult the object tag. */
7583 struct type
*elt_type
= ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0
, 0, 0, dval
, 1);
7585 /* Make sure we always create a new array type when dealing with
7586 packed array types, since we're going to fix-up the array
7587 type length and element bitsize a little further down. */
7588 if (elt_type0
== elt_type
&& !constrained_packed_array_p
)
7591 result
= create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (type0
),
7592 elt_type
, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0
));
7597 struct type
*elt_type0
;
7600 for (i
= TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc
); i
> 0; i
-= 1)
7601 elt_type0
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0
);
7603 /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
7604 depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
7606 /* Create a fixed version of the array element type.
7607 We're not providing the address of an element here,
7608 and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do
7609 the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of
7610 unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all
7611 the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of
7612 the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to
7613 consult the object tag. */
7615 ada_to_fixed_type (ada_check_typedef (elt_type0
), 0, 0, dval
, 1);
7618 for (i
= TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
-= 1)
7620 struct type
*range_type
=
7621 to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc
, i
), dval
);
7623 result
= create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (elt_type0
),
7624 result
, range_type
);
7625 elt_type0
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0
);
7627 if (!ignore_too_big
&& TYPE_LENGTH (result
) > varsize_limit
)
7628 error (_("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit"));
7631 if (constrained_packed_array_p
)
7633 /* So far, the resulting type has been created as if the original
7634 type was a regular (non-packed) array type. As a result, the
7635 bitsize of the array elements needs to be set again, and the array
7636 length needs to be recomputed based on that bitsize. */
7637 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (result
) / TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (result
));
7638 int elt_bitsize
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0
, 0);
7640 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (result
, 0) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0
, 0);
7641 TYPE_LENGTH (result
) = len
* elt_bitsize
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
7642 if (TYPE_LENGTH (result
) * HOST_CHAR_BIT
< len
* elt_bitsize
)
7643 TYPE_LENGTH (result
)++;
7646 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (result
) = 1;
7651 /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components)
7652 corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS)
7653 DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0,
7654 and may be NULL if there are none, or if the object of type TYPE at
7655 ADDRESS or in VALADDR contains these discriminants.
7657 If CHECK_TAG is not null, in the case of tagged types, this function
7658 attempts to locate the object's tag and use it to compute the actual
7659 type. However, when ADDRESS is null, we cannot use it to determine the
7660 location of the tag, and therefore compute the tagged type's actual type.
7661 So we return the tagged type without consulting the tag. */
7663 static struct type
*
7664 ada_to_fixed_type_1 (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7665 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
, int check_tag
)
7667 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
7668 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
7672 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
7674 struct type
*static_type
= to_static_fixed_type (type
);
7675 struct type
*fixed_record_type
=
7676 to_fixed_record_type (type
, valaddr
, address
, NULL
);
7678 /* If STATIC_TYPE is a tagged type and we know the object's address,
7679 then we can determine its tag, and compute the object's actual
7680 type from there. Note that we have to use the fixed record
7681 type (the parent part of the record may have dynamic fields
7682 and the way the location of _tag is expressed may depend on
7685 if (check_tag
&& address
!= 0 && ada_is_tagged_type (static_type
, 0))
7687 struct type
*real_type
=
7688 type_from_tag (value_tag_from_contents_and_address
7693 if (real_type
!= NULL
)
7694 return to_fixed_record_type (real_type
, valaddr
, address
, NULL
);
7697 /* Check to see if there is a parallel ___XVZ variable.
7698 If there is, then it provides the actual size of our type. */
7699 else if (ada_type_name (fixed_record_type
) != NULL
)
7701 char *name
= ada_type_name (fixed_record_type
);
7702 char *xvz_name
= alloca (strlen (name
) + 7 /* "___XVZ\0" */);
7706 xsnprintf (xvz_name
, strlen (name
) + 7, "%s___XVZ", name
);
7707 size
= get_int_var_value (xvz_name
, &xvz_found
);
7708 if (xvz_found
&& TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type
) != size
)
7710 fixed_record_type
= copy_type (fixed_record_type
);
7711 TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type
) = size
;
7713 /* The FIXED_RECORD_TYPE may have be a stub. We have
7714 observed this when the debugging info is STABS, and
7715 apparently it is something that is hard to fix.
7717 In practice, we don't need the actual type definition
7718 at all, because the presence of the XVZ variable allows us
7719 to assume that there must be a XVS type as well, which we
7720 should be able to use later, when we need the actual type
7723 In the meantime, pretend that the "fixed" type we are
7724 returning is NOT a stub, because this can cause trouble
7725 when using this type to create new types targeting it.
7726 Indeed, the associated creation routines often check
7727 whether the target type is a stub and will try to replace
7728 it, thus using a type with the wrong size. This, in turn,
7729 might cause the new type to have the wrong size too.
7730 Consider the case of an array, for instance, where the size
7731 of the array is computed from the number of elements in
7732 our array multiplied by the size of its element. */
7733 TYPE_STUB (fixed_record_type
) = 0;
7736 return fixed_record_type
;
7738 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
7739 return to_fixed_array_type (type
, dval
, 1);
7740 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
7744 return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type
, valaddr
, address
, dval
);
7748 /* The same as ada_to_fixed_type_1, except that it preserves the type
7749 if it is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF of a type that is already fixed.
7751 The typedef layer needs be preserved in order to differentiate between
7752 arrays and array pointers when both types are implemented using the same
7753 fat pointer. In the array pointer case, the pointer is encoded as
7754 a typedef of the pointer type. For instance, considering:
7756 type String_Access is access String;
7757 S1 : String_Access := null;
7759 To the debugger, S1 is defined as a typedef of type String. But
7760 to the user, it is a pointer. So if the user tries to print S1,
7761 we should not dereference the array, but print the array address
7764 If we didn't preserve the typedef layer, we would lose the fact that
7765 the type is to be presented as a pointer (needs de-reference before
7766 being printed). And we would also use the source-level type name. */
7769 ada_to_fixed_type (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7770 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
, int check_tag
)
7773 struct type
*fixed_type
=
7774 ada_to_fixed_type_1 (type
, valaddr
, address
, dval
, check_tag
);
7776 /* If TYPE is a typedef and its target type is the same as the FIXED_TYPE,
7777 then preserve the typedef layer.
7779 Implementation note: We can only check the main-type portion of
7780 the TYPE and FIXED_TYPE, because eliminating the typedef layer
7781 from TYPE now returns a type that has the same instance flags
7782 as TYPE. For instance, if TYPE is a "typedef const", and its
7783 target type is a "struct", then the typedef elimination will return
7784 a "const" version of the target type. See check_typedef for more
7785 details about how the typedef layer elimination is done.
7787 brobecker/2010-11-19: It seems to me that the only case where it is
7788 useful to preserve the typedef layer is when dealing with fat pointers.
7789 Perhaps, we could add a check for that and preserve the typedef layer
7790 only in that situation. But this seems unecessary so far, probably
7791 because we call check_typedef/ada_check_typedef pretty much everywhere.
7793 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
7794 && (TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (ada_typedef_target_type (type
))
7795 == TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (fixed_type
)))
7801 /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to
7802 TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */
7804 static struct type
*
7805 to_static_fixed_type (struct type
*type0
)
7812 if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0
))
7815 type0
= ada_check_typedef (type0
);
7817 switch (TYPE_CODE (type0
))
7821 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
7822 type
= dynamic_template_type (type0
);
7824 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type
);
7826 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0
);
7827 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
7828 type
= ada_find_parallel_type (type0
, "___XVU");
7830 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type
);
7832 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0
);
7836 /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */
7838 static struct type
*
7839 static_unwrap_type (struct type
*type
)
7841 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
7843 struct type
*type1
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (type
), 0);
7844 if (ada_type_name (type1
) == NULL
)
7845 TYPE_NAME (type1
) = ada_type_name (type
);
7847 return static_unwrap_type (type1
);
7851 struct type
*raw_real_type
= ada_get_base_type (type
);
7853 if (raw_real_type
== type
)
7856 return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type
);
7860 /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require
7861 cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example,
7863 type FooP is access Foo;
7865 type Foo is array ...;
7866 ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing
7867 cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a
7868 stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is
7869 the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */
7871 /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one
7872 exists, otherwise TYPE. */
7875 ada_check_typedef (struct type
*type
)
7880 /* If our type is a typedef type of a fat pointer, then we're done.
7881 We don't want to strip the TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF layer, because this is
7882 what allows us to distinguish between fat pointers that represent
7883 array types, and fat pointers that represent array access types
7884 (in both cases, the compiler implements them as fat pointers). */
7885 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
7886 && is_thick_pntr (ada_typedef_target_type (type
)))
7889 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type
);
7890 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
7891 || !TYPE_STUB (type
)
7892 || TYPE_TAG_NAME (type
) == NULL
)
7896 char *name
= TYPE_TAG_NAME (type
);
7897 struct type
*type1
= ada_find_any_type (name
);
7902 /* TYPE1 might itself be a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF (this can happen with
7903 stubs pointing to arrays, as we don't create symbols for array
7904 types, only for the typedef-to-array types). If that's the case,
7905 strip the typedef layer. */
7906 if (TYPE_CODE (type1
) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
7907 type1
= ada_check_typedef (type1
);
7913 /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by
7914 type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly
7915 describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard
7916 type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant
7917 creation of struct values]. */
7919 static struct value
*
7920 ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type
*type0
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7923 struct type
*type
= ada_to_fixed_type (type0
, 0, address
, NULL
, 1);
7925 if (type
== type0
&& val0
!= NULL
)
7928 return value_from_contents_and_address (type
, 0, address
);
7931 /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type
7932 that correctly describes it. Does not necessarily create a new
7936 ada_to_fixed_value (struct value
*val
)
7938 return ada_to_fixed_value_create (value_type (val
),
7939 value_address (val
),
7946 /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names.
7947 NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h. */
7949 static const char *attribute_names
[] = {
7967 ada_attribute_name (enum exp_opcode n
)
7969 if (n
>= OP_ATR_FIRST
&& n
<= (int) OP_ATR_VAL
)
7970 return attribute_names
[n
- OP_ATR_FIRST
+ 1];
7972 return attribute_names
[0];
7975 /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */
7978 pos_atr (struct value
*arg
)
7980 struct value
*val
= coerce_ref (arg
);
7981 struct type
*type
= value_type (val
);
7983 if (!discrete_type_p (type
))
7984 error (_("'POS only defined on discrete types"));
7986 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
7989 LONGEST v
= value_as_long (val
);
7991 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
7993 if (v
== TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
))
7996 error (_("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS"));
7999 return value_as_long (val
);
8002 static struct value
*
8003 value_pos_atr (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
8005 return value_from_longest (type
, pos_atr (arg
));
8008 /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */
8010 static struct value
*
8011 value_val_atr (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
8013 if (!discrete_type_p (type
))
8014 error (_("'VAL only defined on discrete types"));
8015 if (!integer_type_p (value_type (arg
)))
8016 error (_("'VAL requires integral argument"));
8018 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
8020 long pos
= value_as_long (arg
);
8022 if (pos
< 0 || pos
>= TYPE_NFIELDS (type
))
8023 error (_("argument to 'VAL out of range"));
8024 return value_from_longest (type
, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, pos
));
8027 return value_from_longest (type
, value_as_long (arg
));
8033 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type.
8034 [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character;
8035 It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */
8038 ada_is_character_type (struct type
*type
)
8042 /* If the type code says it's a character, then assume it really is,
8043 and don't check any further. */
8044 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR
)
8047 /* Otherwise, assume it's a character type iff it is a discrete type
8048 with a known character type name. */
8049 name
= ada_type_name (type
);
8050 return (name
!= NULL
8051 && (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_INT
8052 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
8053 && (strcmp (name
, "character") == 0
8054 || strcmp (name
, "wide_character") == 0
8055 || strcmp (name
, "wide_wide_character") == 0
8056 || strcmp (name
, "unsigned char") == 0));
8059 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */
8062 ada_is_string_type (struct type
*type
)
8064 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
8066 && TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
8067 && (ada_is_simple_array_type (type
)
8068 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
8069 && ada_array_arity (type
) == 1)
8071 struct type
*elttype
= ada_array_element_type (type
, 1);
8073 return ada_is_character_type (elttype
);
8079 /* The compiler sometimes provides a parallel XVS type for a given
8080 PAD type. Normally, it is safe to follow the PAD type directly,
8081 but older versions of the compiler have a bug that causes the offset
8082 of its "F" field to be wrong. Following that field in that case
8083 would lead to incorrect results, but this can be worked around
8084 by ignoring the PAD type and using the associated XVS type instead.
8086 Set to True if the debugger should trust the contents of PAD types.
8087 Otherwise, ignore the PAD type if there is a parallel XVS type. */
8088 static int trust_pad_over_xvs
= 1;
8090 /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the
8091 alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a
8092 distinctive name. */
8095 ada_is_aligner_type (struct type
*type
)
8097 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
8099 if (!trust_pad_over_xvs
&& ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XVS") != NULL
)
8102 return (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
8103 && TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) == 1
8104 && strcmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, 0), "F") == 0);
8107 /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return
8108 the parallel type. */
8111 ada_get_base_type (struct type
*raw_type
)
8113 struct type
*real_type_namer
;
8114 struct type
*raw_real_type
;
8116 if (raw_type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (raw_type
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
8119 if (ada_is_aligner_type (raw_type
))
8120 /* The encoding specifies that we should always use the aligner type.
8121 So, even if this aligner type has an associated XVS type, we should
8124 According to the compiler gurus, an XVS type parallel to an aligner
8125 type may exist because of a stabs limitation. In stabs, aligner
8126 types are empty because the field has a variable-sized type, and
8127 thus cannot actually be used as an aligner type. As a result,
8128 we need the associated parallel XVS type to decode the type.
8129 Since the policy in the compiler is to not change the internal
8130 representation based on the debugging info format, we sometimes
8131 end up having a redundant XVS type parallel to the aligner type. */
8134 real_type_namer
= ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type
, "___XVS");
8135 if (real_type_namer
== NULL
8136 || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
8137 || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer
) != 1)
8140 if (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (real_type_namer
, 0)) != TYPE_CODE_REF
)
8142 /* This is an older encoding form where the base type needs to be
8143 looked up by name. We prefer the newer enconding because it is
8145 raw_real_type
= ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer
, 0));
8146 if (raw_real_type
== NULL
)
8149 return raw_real_type
;
8152 /* The field in our XVS type is a reference to the base type. */
8153 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (real_type_namer
, 0));
8156 /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */
8159 ada_aligned_type (struct type
*type
)
8161 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
8162 return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, 0));
8164 return ada_get_base_type (type
);
8168 /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR
8169 having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */
8172 ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
)
8174 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
8175 return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, 0),
8177 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
,
8178 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
);
8185 /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded
8186 name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */
8188 ada_enum_name (const char *name
)
8190 static char *result
;
8191 static size_t result_len
= 0;
8194 /* First, unqualify the enumeration name:
8195 1. Search for the last '.' character. If we find one, then skip
8196 all the preceeding characters, the unqualified name starts
8197 right after that dot.
8198 2. Otherwise, we may be debugging on a target where the compiler
8199 translates dots into "__". Search forward for double underscores,
8200 but stop searching when we hit an overloading suffix, which is
8201 of the form "__" followed by digits. */
8203 tmp
= strrchr (name
, '.');
8208 while ((tmp
= strstr (name
, "__")) != NULL
)
8210 if (isdigit (tmp
[2]))
8221 if (name
[1] == 'U' || name
[1] == 'W')
8223 if (sscanf (name
+ 2, "%x", &v
) != 1)
8229 GROW_VECT (result
, result_len
, 16);
8230 if (isascii (v
) && isprint (v
))
8231 xsnprintf (result
, result_len
, "'%c'", v
);
8232 else if (name
[1] == 'U')
8233 xsnprintf (result
, result_len
, "[\"%02x\"]", v
);
8235 xsnprintf (result
, result_len
, "[\"%04x\"]", v
);
8241 tmp
= strstr (name
, "__");
8243 tmp
= strstr (name
, "$");
8246 GROW_VECT (result
, result_len
, tmp
- name
+ 1);
8247 strncpy (result
, name
, tmp
- name
);
8248 result
[tmp
- name
] = '\0';
8256 /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for
8257 evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated
8260 static struct value
*
8261 evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression
*exp
, int *pos
)
8263 return evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
);
8266 /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the
8269 static struct value
*
8270 unwrap_value (struct value
*val
)
8272 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (val
));
8274 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
8276 struct value
*v
= ada_value_struct_elt (val
, "F", 0);
8277 struct type
*val_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (v
));
8279 if (ada_type_name (val_type
) == NULL
)
8280 TYPE_NAME (val_type
) = ada_type_name (type
);
8282 return unwrap_value (v
);
8286 struct type
*raw_real_type
=
8287 ada_check_typedef (ada_get_base_type (type
));
8289 /* If there is no parallel XVS or XVE type, then the value is
8290 already unwrapped. Return it without further modification. */
8291 if ((type
== raw_real_type
)
8292 && ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XVE") == NULL
)
8296 coerce_unspec_val_to_type
8297 (val
, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type
, 0,
8298 value_address (val
),
8303 static struct value
*
8304 cast_to_fixed (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
8308 if (type
== value_type (arg
))
8310 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg
)))
8311 val
= ada_float_to_fixed (type
,
8312 ada_fixed_to_float (value_type (arg
),
8313 value_as_long (arg
)));
8316 DOUBLEST argd
= value_as_double (arg
);
8318 val
= ada_float_to_fixed (type
, argd
);
8321 return value_from_longest (type
, val
);
8324 static struct value
*
8325 cast_from_fixed (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
8327 DOUBLEST val
= ada_fixed_to_float (value_type (arg
),
8328 value_as_long (arg
));
8330 return value_from_double (type
, val
);
8333 /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and
8334 return the converted value. */
8336 static struct value
*
8337 coerce_for_assign (struct type
*type
, struct value
*val
)
8339 struct type
*type2
= value_type (val
);
8344 type2
= ada_check_typedef (type2
);
8345 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
8347 if (TYPE_CODE (type2
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
8348 && TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
8350 val
= ada_value_ind (val
);
8351 type2
= value_type (val
);
8354 if (TYPE_CODE (type2
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
8355 && TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
8357 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type2
) != TYPE_LENGTH (type
)
8358 || TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2
))
8359 != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2
)))
8360 error (_("Incompatible types in assignment"));
8361 deprecated_set_value_type (val
, type
);
8366 static struct value
*
8367 ada_value_binop (struct value
*arg1
, struct value
*arg2
, enum exp_opcode op
)
8370 struct type
*type1
, *type2
;
8373 arg1
= coerce_ref (arg1
);
8374 arg2
= coerce_ref (arg2
);
8375 type1
= base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1
)));
8376 type2
= base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2
)));
8378 if (TYPE_CODE (type1
) != TYPE_CODE_INT
8379 || TYPE_CODE (type2
) != TYPE_CODE_INT
)
8380 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
8389 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
8392 v2
= value_as_long (arg2
);
8394 error (_("second operand of %s must not be zero."), op_string (op
));
8396 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type1
) || op
== BINOP_MOD
)
8397 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
8399 v1
= value_as_long (arg1
);
8404 if (!TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO
&& v1
* (v1
% v2
) < 0)
8405 v
+= v
> 0 ? -1 : 1;
8413 /* Should not reach this point. */
8417 val
= allocate_value (type1
);
8418 store_unsigned_integer (value_contents_raw (val
),
8419 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val
)),
8420 gdbarch_byte_order (get_type_arch (type1
)), v
);
8425 ada_value_equal (struct value
*arg1
, struct value
*arg2
)
8427 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg1
))
8428 || ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg2
)))
8430 /* Automatically dereference any array reference before
8431 we attempt to perform the comparison. */
8432 arg1
= ada_coerce_ref (arg1
);
8433 arg2
= ada_coerce_ref (arg2
);
8435 arg1
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1
);
8436 arg2
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg2
);
8437 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1
)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
8438 || TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg2
)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
8439 error (_("Attempt to compare array with non-array"));
8440 /* FIXME: The following works only for types whose
8441 representations use all bits (no padding or undefined bits)
8442 and do not have user-defined equality. */
8444 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg1
)) == TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg2
))
8445 && memcmp (value_contents (arg1
), value_contents (arg2
),
8446 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg1
))) == 0;
8448 return value_equal (arg1
, arg2
);
8451 /* Total number of component associations in the aggregate starting at
8452 index PC in EXP. Assumes that index PC is the start of an
8456 num_component_specs (struct expression
*exp
, int pc
)
8460 m
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
;
8463 for (i
= 0; i
< m
; i
+= 1)
8465 switch (exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
)
8471 n
+= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
;
8474 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, &pc
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8479 /* Assign the result of evaluating EXP starting at *POS to the INDEXth
8480 component of LHS (a simple array or a record), updating *POS past
8481 the expression, assuming that LHS is contained in CONTAINER. Does
8482 not modify the inferior's memory, nor does it modify LHS (unless
8483 LHS == CONTAINER). */
8486 assign_component (struct value
*container
, struct value
*lhs
, LONGEST index
,
8487 struct expression
*exp
, int *pos
)
8489 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
8492 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (lhs
)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
8494 struct type
*index_type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
8495 struct value
*index_val
= value_from_longest (index_type
, index
);
8497 elt
= unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript (lhs
, 1, &index_val
));
8501 elt
= ada_index_struct_field (index
, lhs
, 0, value_type (lhs
));
8502 elt
= ada_to_fixed_value (unwrap_value (elt
));
8505 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_AGGREGATE
)
8506 assign_aggregate (container
, elt
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_NORMAL
);
8508 value_assign_to_component (container
, elt
,
8509 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
,
8512 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
8515 /* Assuming that LHS represents an lvalue having a record or array
8516 type, and EXP->ELTS[*POS] is an OP_AGGREGATE, evaluate an assignment
8517 of that aggregate's value to LHS, advancing *POS past the
8518 aggregate. NOSIDE is as for evaluate_subexp. CONTAINER is an
8519 lvalue containing LHS (possibly LHS itself). Does not modify
8520 the inferior's memory, nor does it modify the contents of
8521 LHS (unless == CONTAINER). Returns the modified CONTAINER. */
8523 static struct value
*
8524 assign_aggregate (struct value
*container
,
8525 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
8526 int *pos
, enum noside noside
)
8528 struct type
*lhs_type
;
8529 int n
= exp
->elts
[*pos
+1].longconst
;
8530 LONGEST low_index
, high_index
;
8533 int max_indices
, num_indices
;
8534 int is_array_aggregate
;
8538 if (noside
!= EVAL_NORMAL
)
8542 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
8543 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8547 container
= ada_coerce_ref (container
);
8548 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (container
)))
8549 container
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (container
);
8550 lhs
= ada_coerce_ref (lhs
);
8551 if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (lhs
))
8552 error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue."));
8554 lhs_type
= value_type (lhs
);
8555 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (lhs_type
))
8557 lhs
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (lhs
);
8558 lhs_type
= value_type (lhs
);
8559 low_index
= TYPE_ARRAY_LOWER_BOUND_VALUE (lhs_type
);
8560 high_index
= TYPE_ARRAY_UPPER_BOUND_VALUE (lhs_type
);
8561 is_array_aggregate
= 1;
8563 else if (TYPE_CODE (lhs_type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
8566 high_index
= num_visible_fields (lhs_type
) - 1;
8567 is_array_aggregate
= 0;
8570 error (_("Left-hand side must be array or record."));
8572 num_specs
= num_component_specs (exp
, *pos
- 3);
8573 max_indices
= 4 * num_specs
+ 4;
8574 indices
= alloca (max_indices
* sizeof (indices
[0]));
8575 indices
[0] = indices
[1] = low_index
- 1;
8576 indices
[2] = indices
[3] = high_index
+ 1;
8579 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
8581 switch (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
)
8584 aggregate_assign_from_choices (container
, lhs
, exp
, pos
, indices
,
8585 &num_indices
, max_indices
,
8586 low_index
, high_index
);
8589 aggregate_assign_positional (container
, lhs
, exp
, pos
, indices
,
8590 &num_indices
, max_indices
,
8591 low_index
, high_index
);
8595 error (_("Misplaced 'others' clause"));
8596 aggregate_assign_others (container
, lhs
, exp
, pos
, indices
,
8597 num_indices
, low_index
, high_index
);
8600 error (_("Internal error: bad aggregate clause"));
8607 /* Assign into the component of LHS indexed by the OP_POSITIONAL
8608 construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that
8609 the positions are relative to lower bound LOW, where HIGH is the
8610 upper bound. Record the position in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1]
8611 updating *NUM_INDICES as needed. CONTAINER is as for
8612 assign_aggregate. */
8614 aggregate_assign_positional (struct value
*container
,
8615 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
8616 int *pos
, LONGEST
*indices
, int *num_indices
,
8617 int max_indices
, LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
)
8619 LONGEST ind
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 1].longconst
) + low
;
8621 if (ind
- 1 == high
)
8622 warning (_("Extra components in aggregate ignored."));
8625 add_component_interval (ind
, ind
, indices
, num_indices
, max_indices
);
8627 assign_component (container
, lhs
, ind
, exp
, pos
);
8630 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8633 /* Assign into the components of LHS indexed by the OP_CHOICES
8634 construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that
8635 the allowable indices are LOW..HIGH. Record the indices assigned
8636 to in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1], updating *NUM_INDICES as
8637 needed. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */
8639 aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value
*container
,
8640 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
8641 int *pos
, LONGEST
*indices
, int *num_indices
,
8642 int max_indices
, LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
)
8645 int n_choices
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[*pos
+1].longconst
);
8646 int choice_pos
, expr_pc
;
8647 int is_array
= ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (lhs
));
8649 choice_pos
= *pos
+= 3;
8651 for (j
= 0; j
< n_choices
; j
+= 1)
8652 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8654 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8656 for (j
= 0; j
< n_choices
; j
+= 1)
8658 LONGEST lower
, upper
;
8659 enum exp_opcode op
= exp
->elts
[choice_pos
].opcode
;
8661 if (op
== OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
)
8664 lower
= value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
,
8666 upper
= value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
,
8671 lower
= value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, &choice_pos
,
8683 name
= &exp
->elts
[choice_pos
+ 2].string
;
8686 name
= SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (exp
->elts
[choice_pos
+ 2].symbol
);
8689 error (_("Invalid record component association."));
8691 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, &choice_pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8693 if (! find_struct_field (name
, value_type (lhs
), 0,
8694 NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &ind
))
8695 error (_("Unknown component name: %s."), name
);
8696 lower
= upper
= ind
;
8699 if (lower
<= upper
&& (lower
< low
|| upper
> high
))
8700 error (_("Index in component association out of bounds."));
8702 add_component_interval (lower
, upper
, indices
, num_indices
,
8704 while (lower
<= upper
)
8709 assign_component (container
, lhs
, lower
, exp
, &pos1
);
8715 /* Assign the value of the expression in the OP_OTHERS construct in
8716 EXP at *POS into the components of LHS indexed from LOW .. HIGH that
8717 have not been previously assigned. The index intervals already assigned
8718 are in INDICES[0 .. NUM_INDICES-1]. Updates *POS to after the
8719 OP_OTHERS clause. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */
8721 aggregate_assign_others (struct value
*container
,
8722 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
8723 int *pos
, LONGEST
*indices
, int num_indices
,
8724 LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
)
8727 int expr_pc
= *pos
+ 1;
8729 for (i
= 0; i
< num_indices
- 2; i
+= 2)
8733 for (ind
= indices
[i
+ 1] + 1; ind
< indices
[i
+ 2]; ind
+= 1)
8738 assign_component (container
, lhs
, ind
, exp
, &localpos
);
8741 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8744 /* Add the interval [LOW .. HIGH] to the sorted set of intervals
8745 [ INDICES[0] .. INDICES[1] ],..., [ INDICES[*SIZE-2] .. INDICES[*SIZE-1] ],
8746 modifying *SIZE as needed. It is an error if *SIZE exceeds
8747 MAX_SIZE. The resulting intervals do not overlap. */
8749 add_component_interval (LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
,
8750 LONGEST
* indices
, int *size
, int max_size
)
8754 for (i
= 0; i
< *size
; i
+= 2) {
8755 if (high
>= indices
[i
] && low
<= indices
[i
+ 1])
8759 for (kh
= i
+ 2; kh
< *size
; kh
+= 2)
8760 if (high
< indices
[kh
])
8762 if (low
< indices
[i
])
8764 indices
[i
+ 1] = indices
[kh
- 1];
8765 if (high
> indices
[i
+ 1])
8766 indices
[i
+ 1] = high
;
8767 memcpy (indices
+ i
+ 2, indices
+ kh
, *size
- kh
);
8768 *size
-= kh
- i
- 2;
8771 else if (high
< indices
[i
])
8775 if (*size
== max_size
)
8776 error (_("Internal error: miscounted aggregate components."));
8778 for (j
= *size
-1; j
>= i
+2; j
-= 1)
8779 indices
[j
] = indices
[j
- 2];
8781 indices
[i
+ 1] = high
;
8784 /* Perform and Ada cast of ARG2 to type TYPE if the type of ARG2
8787 static struct value
*
8788 ada_value_cast (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg2
, enum noside noside
)
8790 if (type
== ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2
)))
8793 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type
))
8794 return (cast_to_fixed (type
, arg2
));
8796 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
8797 return cast_from_fixed (type
, arg2
);
8799 return value_cast (type
, arg2
);
8802 /* Evaluating Ada expressions, and printing their result.
8803 ------------------------------------------------------
8808 We usually evaluate an Ada expression in order to print its value.
8809 We also evaluate an expression in order to print its type, which
8810 happens during the EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase of the evaluation,
8811 but we'll focus mostly on the EVAL_NORMAL phase. In practice, the
8812 EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase allows us to simplify certain aspects of
8813 the evaluation compared to the EVAL_NORMAL, but is otherwise very
8816 Evaluating expressions is a little more complicated for Ada entities
8817 than it is for entities in languages such as C. The main reason for
8818 this is that Ada provides types whose definition might be dynamic.
8819 One example of such types is variant records. Or another example
8820 would be an array whose bounds can only be known at run time.
8822 The following description is a general guide as to what should be
8823 done (and what should NOT be done) in order to evaluate an expression
8824 involving such types, and when. This does not cover how the semantic
8825 information is encoded by GNAT as this is covered separatly. For the
8826 document used as the reference for the GNAT encoding, see exp_dbug.ads
8827 in the GNAT sources.
8829 Ideally, we should embed each part of this description next to its
8830 associated code. Unfortunately, the amount of code is so vast right
8831 now that it's hard to see whether the code handling a particular
8832 situation might be duplicated or not. One day, when the code is
8833 cleaned up, this guide might become redundant with the comments
8834 inserted in the code, and we might want to remove it.
8836 2. ``Fixing'' an Entity, the Simple Case:
8837 -----------------------------------------
8839 When evaluating Ada expressions, the tricky issue is that they may
8840 reference entities whose type contents and size are not statically
8841 known. Consider for instance a variant record:
8843 type Rec (Empty : Boolean := True) is record
8846 when False => Value : Integer;
8849 Yes : Rec := (Empty => False, Value => 1);
8850 No : Rec := (empty => True);
8852 The size and contents of that record depends on the value of the
8853 descriminant (Rec.Empty). At this point, neither the debugging
8854 information nor the associated type structure in GDB are able to
8855 express such dynamic types. So what the debugger does is to create
8856 "fixed" versions of the type that applies to the specific object.
8857 We also informally refer to this opperation as "fixing" an object,
8858 which means creating its associated fixed type.
8860 Example: when printing the value of variable "Yes" above, its fixed
8861 type would look like this:
8868 On the other hand, if we printed the value of "No", its fixed type
8875 Things become a little more complicated when trying to fix an entity
8876 with a dynamic type that directly contains another dynamic type,
8877 such as an array of variant records, for instance. There are
8878 two possible cases: Arrays, and records.
8880 3. ``Fixing'' Arrays:
8881 ---------------------
8883 The type structure in GDB describes an array in terms of its bounds,
8884 and the type of its elements. By design, all elements in the array
8885 have the same type and we cannot represent an array of variant elements
8886 using the current type structure in GDB. When fixing an array,
8887 we cannot fix the array element, as we would potentially need one
8888 fixed type per element of the array. As a result, the best we can do
8889 when fixing an array is to produce an array whose bounds and size
8890 are correct (allowing us to read it from memory), but without having
8891 touched its element type. Fixing each element will be done later,
8892 when (if) necessary.
8894 Arrays are a little simpler to handle than records, because the same
8895 amount of memory is allocated for each element of the array, even if
8896 the amount of space actually used by each element differs from element
8897 to element. Consider for instance the following array of type Rec:
8899 type Rec_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Rec;
8901 The actual amount of memory occupied by each element might be different
8902 from element to element, depending on the value of their discriminant.
8903 But the amount of space reserved for each element in the array remains
8904 fixed regardless. So we simply need to compute that size using
8905 the debugging information available, from which we can then determine
8906 the array size (we multiply the number of elements of the array by
8907 the size of each element).
8909 The simplest case is when we have an array of a constrained element
8910 type. For instance, consider the following type declarations:
8912 type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Integer) is
8914 Buffer : String (1 .. Max_Size);
8916 type Bounded_String_Array is array (1 ..2) of Bounded_String (80);
8918 In this case, the compiler describes the array as an array of
8919 variable-size elements (identified by its XVS suffix) for which
8920 the size can be read in the parallel XVZ variable.
8922 In the case of an array of an unconstrained element type, the compiler
8923 wraps the array element inside a private PAD type. This type should not
8924 be shown to the user, and must be "unwrap"'ed before printing. Note
8925 that we also use the adjective "aligner" in our code to designate
8926 these wrapper types.
8928 In some cases, the size allocated for each element is statically
8929 known. In that case, the PAD type already has the correct size,
8930 and the array element should remain unfixed.
8932 But there are cases when this size is not statically known.
8933 For instance, assuming that "Five" is an integer variable:
8935 type Dynamic is array (1 .. Five) of Integer;
8936 type Wrapper (Has_Length : Boolean := False) is record
8939 when True => Length : Integer;
8943 type Wrapper_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Wrapper;
8945 Hello : Wrapper_Array := (others => (Has_Length => True,
8946 Data => (others => 17),
8950 The debugging info would describe variable Hello as being an
8951 array of a PAD type. The size of that PAD type is not statically
8952 known, but can be determined using a parallel XVZ variable.
8953 In that case, a copy of the PAD type with the correct size should
8954 be used for the fixed array.
8956 3. ``Fixing'' record type objects:
8957 ----------------------------------
8959 Things are slightly different from arrays in the case of dynamic
8960 record types. In this case, in order to compute the associated
8961 fixed type, we need to determine the size and offset of each of
8962 its components. This, in turn, requires us to compute the fixed
8963 type of each of these components.
8965 Consider for instance the example:
8967 type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Natural) is record
8968 Str : String (1 .. Max_Size);
8971 My_String : Bounded_String (Max_Size => 10);
8973 In that case, the position of field "Length" depends on the size
8974 of field Str, which itself depends on the value of the Max_Size
8975 discriminant. In order to fix the type of variable My_String,
8976 we need to fix the type of field Str. Therefore, fixing a variant
8977 record requires us to fix each of its components.
8979 However, if a component does not have a dynamic size, the component
8980 should not be fixed. In particular, fields that use a PAD type
8981 should not fixed. Here is an example where this might happen
8982 (assuming type Rec above):
8984 type Container (Big : Boolean) is record
8988 when True => Another : Integer;
8992 My_Container : Container := (Big => False,
8993 First => (Empty => True),
8996 In that example, the compiler creates a PAD type for component First,
8997 whose size is constant, and then positions the component After just
8998 right after it. The offset of component After is therefore constant
9001 The debugger computes the position of each field based on an algorithm
9002 that uses, among other things, the actual position and size of the field
9003 preceding it. Let's now imagine that the user is trying to print
9004 the value of My_Container. If the type fixing was recursive, we would
9005 end up computing the offset of field After based on the size of the
9006 fixed version of field First. And since in our example First has
9007 only one actual field, the size of the fixed type is actually smaller
9008 than the amount of space allocated to that field, and thus we would
9009 compute the wrong offset of field After.
9011 To make things more complicated, we need to watch out for dynamic
9012 components of variant records (identified by the ___XVL suffix in
9013 the component name). Even if the target type is a PAD type, the size
9014 of that type might not be statically known. So the PAD type needs
9015 to be unwrapped and the resulting type needs to be fixed. Otherwise,
9016 we might end up with the wrong size for our component. This can be
9017 observed with the following type declarations:
9019 type Octal is new Integer range 0 .. 7;
9020 type Octal_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Octal;
9021 pragma Pack (Octal_Array);
9023 type Octal_Buffer (Size : Positive) is record
9024 Buffer : Octal_Array (1 .. Size);
9028 In that case, Buffer is a PAD type whose size is unset and needs
9029 to be computed by fixing the unwrapped type.
9031 4. When to ``Fix'' un-``Fixed'' sub-elements of an entity:
9032 ----------------------------------------------------------
9034 Lastly, when should the sub-elements of an entity that remained unfixed
9035 thus far, be actually fixed?
9037 The answer is: Only when referencing that element. For instance
9038 when selecting one component of a record, this specific component
9039 should be fixed at that point in time. Or when printing the value
9040 of a record, each component should be fixed before its value gets
9041 printed. Similarly for arrays, the element of the array should be
9042 fixed when printing each element of the array, or when extracting
9043 one element out of that array. On the other hand, fixing should
9044 not be performed on the elements when taking a slice of an array!
9046 Note that one of the side-effects of miscomputing the offset and
9047 size of each field is that we end up also miscomputing the size
9048 of the containing type. This can have adverse results when computing
9049 the value of an entity. GDB fetches the value of an entity based
9050 on the size of its type, and thus a wrong size causes GDB to fetch
9051 the wrong amount of memory. In the case where the computed size is
9052 too small, GDB fetches too little data to print the value of our
9053 entiry. Results in this case as unpredicatble, as we usually read
9054 past the buffer containing the data =:-o. */
9056 /* Implement the evaluate_exp routine in the exp_descriptor structure
9057 for the Ada language. */
9059 static struct value
*
9060 ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type
*expect_type
, struct expression
*exp
,
9061 int *pos
, enum noside noside
)
9066 struct value
*arg1
= NULL
, *arg2
= NULL
, *arg3
;
9069 struct value
**argvec
;
9073 op
= exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
;
9079 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9080 arg1
= unwrap_value (arg1
);
9082 /* If evaluating an OP_DOUBLE and an EXPECT_TYPE was provided,
9083 then we need to perform the conversion manually, because
9084 evaluate_subexp_standard doesn't do it. This conversion is
9085 necessary in Ada because the different kinds of float/fixed
9086 types in Ada have different representations.
9088 Similarly, we need to perform the conversion from OP_LONG
9090 if ((op
== OP_DOUBLE
|| op
== OP_LONG
) && expect_type
!= NULL
)
9091 arg1
= ada_value_cast (expect_type
, arg1
, noside
);
9097 struct value
*result
;
9100 result
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9101 /* The result type will have code OP_STRING, bashed there from
9102 OP_ARRAY. Bash it back. */
9103 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (result
)) == TYPE_CODE_STRING
)
9104 TYPE_CODE (value_type (result
)) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
;
9110 type
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
;
9111 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9112 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9114 arg1
= ada_value_cast (type
, arg1
, noside
);
9119 type
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
;
9120 return ada_evaluate_subexp (type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9123 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9124 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_AGGREGATE
)
9126 arg1
= assign_aggregate (arg1
, arg1
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9127 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
|| noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9129 return ada_value_assign (arg1
, arg1
);
9131 /* Force the evaluation of the rhs ARG2 to the type of the lhs ARG1,
9132 except if the lhs of our assignment is a convenience variable.
9133 In the case of assigning to a convenience variable, the lhs
9134 should be exactly the result of the evaluation of the rhs. */
9135 type
= value_type (arg1
);
9136 if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1
) == lval_internalvar
)
9138 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9139 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
|| noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9141 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
)))
9142 arg2
= cast_to_fixed (value_type (arg1
), arg2
);
9143 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
9145 (_("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables"));
9147 arg2
= coerce_for_assign (value_type (arg1
), arg2
);
9148 return ada_value_assign (arg1
, arg2
);
9151 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
9152 arg2
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
9153 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9155 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
9156 return (value_from_longest
9158 value_as_long (arg1
) + value_as_long (arg2
)));
9159 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
))
9160 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
9161 && value_type (arg1
) != value_type (arg2
))
9162 error (_("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type"));
9163 /* Do the addition, and cast the result to the type of the first
9164 argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if
9165 ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */
9166 type
= value_type (arg1
);
9167 while (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
9168 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
9169 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9170 return value_cast (type
, value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, BINOP_ADD
));
9173 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
9174 arg2
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
9175 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9177 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
9178 return (value_from_longest
9180 value_as_long (arg1
) - value_as_long (arg2
)));
9181 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
))
9182 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
9183 && value_type (arg1
) != value_type (arg2
))
9184 error (_("Operands of fixed-point subtraction "
9185 "must have the same type"));
9186 /* Do the substraction, and cast the result to the type of the first
9187 argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if
9188 ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */
9189 type
= value_type (arg1
);
9190 while (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
9191 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
9192 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9193 return value_cast (type
, value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, BINOP_SUB
));
9199 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9200 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9201 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9203 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9205 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9206 return value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
9210 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_double
;
9211 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
)))
9212 arg1
= cast_from_fixed (type
, arg1
);
9213 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
9214 arg2
= cast_from_fixed (type
, arg2
);
9215 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9216 return ada_value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
9220 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9221 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9222 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (value_type (arg1
), exp
, pos
, noside
);
9223 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9225 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9229 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9230 tem
= ada_value_equal (arg1
, arg2
);
9232 if (op
== BINOP_NOTEQUAL
)
9234 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9235 return value_from_longest (type
, (LONGEST
) tem
);
9238 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9239 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9241 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
)))
9242 return value_cast (value_type (arg1
), value_neg (arg1
));
9245 unop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
);
9246 return value_neg (arg1
);
9249 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9250 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9251 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9256 val
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9257 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9258 return value_cast (type
, val
);
9261 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9262 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9263 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9267 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
);
9269 val
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9271 return value_cast (value_type (arg1
), val
);
9277 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9282 else if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
9283 /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a
9284 context other than a function call, in which case, it is
9286 error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"),
9287 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
9288 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9290 type
= static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
9291 /* Check to see if this is a tagged type. We also need to handle
9292 the case where the type is a reference to a tagged type, but
9293 we have to be careful to exclude pointers to tagged types.
9294 The latter should be shown as usual (as a pointer), whereas
9295 a reference should mostly be transparent to the user. */
9296 if (ada_is_tagged_type (type
, 0)
9297 || (TYPE_CODE(type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
9298 && ada_is_tagged_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), 0)))
9300 /* Tagged types are a little special in the fact that the real
9301 type is dynamic and can only be determined by inspecting the
9302 object's tag. This means that we need to get the object's
9303 value first (EVAL_NORMAL) and then extract the actual object
9306 Note that we cannot skip the final step where we extract
9307 the object type from its tag, because the EVAL_NORMAL phase
9308 results in dynamic components being resolved into fixed ones.
9309 This can cause problems when trying to print the type
9310 description of tagged types whose parent has a dynamic size:
9311 We use the type name of the "_parent" component in order
9312 to print the name of the ancestor type in the type description.
9313 If that component had a dynamic size, the resolution into
9314 a fixed type would result in the loss of that type name,
9315 thus preventing us from printing the name of the ancestor
9316 type in the type description. */
9317 struct type
*actual_type
;
9319 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_NORMAL
);
9320 actual_type
= type_from_tag (ada_value_tag (arg1
));
9321 if (actual_type
== NULL
)
9322 /* If, for some reason, we were unable to determine
9323 the actual type from the tag, then use the static
9324 approximation that we just computed as a fallback.
9325 This can happen if the debugging information is
9326 incomplete, for instance. */
9329 return value_zero (actual_type
, not_lval
);
9334 (to_static_fixed_type
9335 (static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
))),
9340 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9341 arg1
= unwrap_value (arg1
);
9342 return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1
);
9348 /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be
9349 called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL. */
9350 nargs
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
9352 (struct value
**) alloca (sizeof (struct value
*) * (nargs
+ 2));
9354 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_VAR_VALUE
9355 && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
9356 error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"),
9357 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
));
9360 for (tem
= 0; tem
<= nargs
; tem
+= 1)
9361 argvec
[tem
] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9364 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9368 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type
9369 (desc_base_type (value_type (argvec
[0]))))
9370 argvec
[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec
[0]);
9371 else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec
[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
9372 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (value_type (argvec
[0]), 0) != 0)
9373 /* This is a packed array that has already been fixed, and
9374 therefore already coerced to a simple array. Nothing further
9377 else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec
[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF
9378 || (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec
[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
9379 && VALUE_LVAL (argvec
[0]) == lval_memory
))
9380 argvec
[0] = value_addr (argvec
[0]);
9382 type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (argvec
[0]));
9384 /* Ada allows us to implicitly dereference arrays when subscripting
9385 them. So, if this is an typedef (encoding use for array access
9386 types encoded as fat pointers), strip it now. */
9387 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
9388 type
= ada_typedef_target_type (type
);
9390 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
9392 switch (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
))))
9394 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC
:
9395 type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
9397 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
9399 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
9400 if (noside
!= EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9401 argvec
[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec
[0]);
9402 type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
9405 error (_("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'"),
9406 ada_type_name (value_type (argvec
[0])));
9411 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
9413 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC
:
9414 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9415 return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
9416 return call_function_by_hand (argvec
[0], nargs
, argvec
+ 1);
9417 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
9421 arity
= ada_array_arity (type
);
9422 type
= ada_array_element_type (type
, nargs
);
9424 error (_("cannot subscript or call a record"));
9426 error (_("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d"), arity
);
9427 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9428 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
9430 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
9431 (argvec
[0], nargs
, argvec
+ 1));
9433 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
9434 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9436 type
= ada_array_element_type (type
, nargs
);
9438 error (_("element type of array unknown"));
9440 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
9443 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
9444 (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec
[0]),
9445 nargs
, argvec
+ 1));
9446 case TYPE_CODE_PTR
: /* Pointer to array */
9447 type
= to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), NULL
, 1);
9448 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9450 type
= ada_array_element_type (type
, nargs
);
9452 error (_("element type of array unknown"));
9454 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
9457 unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec
[0], type
,
9458 nargs
, argvec
+ 1));
9461 error (_("Attempt to index or call something other than an "
9462 "array or function"));
9467 struct value
*array
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9468 struct value
*low_bound_val
=
9469 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9470 struct value
*high_bound_val
=
9471 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9475 low_bound_val
= coerce_ref (low_bound_val
);
9476 high_bound_val
= coerce_ref (high_bound_val
);
9477 low_bound
= pos_atr (low_bound_val
);
9478 high_bound
= pos_atr (high_bound_val
);
9480 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9483 /* If this is a reference to an aligner type, then remove all
9485 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array
)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
9486 && ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
))))
9487 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)) =
9488 ada_aligned_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)));
9490 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (array
)))
9491 error (_("cannot slice a packed array"));
9493 /* If this is a reference to an array or an array lvalue,
9494 convert to a pointer. */
9495 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array
)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
9496 || (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array
)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
9497 && VALUE_LVAL (array
) == lval_memory
))
9498 array
= value_addr (array
);
9500 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
9501 && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ada_check_typedef
9502 (value_type (array
))))
9503 return empty_array (ada_type_of_array (array
, 0), low_bound
);
9505 array
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (array
);
9507 /* If we have more than one level of pointer indirection,
9508 dereference the value until we get only one level. */
9509 while (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
9510 && (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)))
9512 array
= value_ind (array
);
9514 /* Make sure we really do have an array type before going further,
9515 to avoid a SEGV when trying to get the index type or the target
9516 type later down the road if the debug info generated by
9517 the compiler is incorrect or incomplete. */
9518 if (!ada_is_simple_array_type (value_type (array
)))
9519 error (_("cannot take slice of non-array"));
9521 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
9523 if (high_bound
< low_bound
|| noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9524 return empty_array (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)),
9528 struct type
*arr_type0
=
9529 to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)),
9532 return ada_value_slice_from_ptr (array
, arr_type0
,
9533 longest_to_int (low_bound
),
9534 longest_to_int (high_bound
));
9537 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9539 else if (high_bound
< low_bound
)
9540 return empty_array (value_type (array
), low_bound
);
9542 return ada_value_slice (array
, longest_to_int (low_bound
),
9543 longest_to_int (high_bound
));
9548 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9549 type
= check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
);
9551 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9554 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
9557 lim_warning (_("Membership test incompletely implemented; "
9558 "always returns true"));
9559 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9560 return value_from_longest (type
, (LONGEST
) 1);
9562 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
9563 arg2
= value_from_longest (type
, TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type
));
9564 arg3
= value_from_longest (type
, TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type
));
9565 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9566 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg3
);
9567 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9569 value_from_longest (type
,
9570 (value_less (arg1
, arg3
)
9571 || value_equal (arg1
, arg3
))
9572 && (value_less (arg2
, arg1
)
9573 || value_equal (arg2
, arg1
)));
9576 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
9578 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9579 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9581 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9584 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9586 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9587 return value_zero (type
, not_lval
);
9590 tem
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
9592 type
= ada_index_type (value_type (arg2
), tem
, "range");
9594 type
= value_type (arg1
);
9596 arg3
= value_from_longest (type
, ada_array_bound (arg2
, tem
, 1));
9597 arg2
= value_from_longest (type
, ada_array_bound (arg2
, tem
, 0));
9599 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9600 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg3
);
9601 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9603 value_from_longest (type
,
9604 (value_less (arg1
, arg3
)
9605 || value_equal (arg1
, arg3
))
9606 && (value_less (arg2
, arg1
)
9607 || value_equal (arg2
, arg1
)));
9609 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
9610 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9611 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9612 arg3
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9614 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9617 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9618 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg3
);
9619 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9621 value_from_longest (type
,
9622 (value_less (arg1
, arg3
)
9623 || value_equal (arg1
, arg3
))
9624 && (value_less (arg2
, arg1
)
9625 || value_equal (arg2
, arg1
)));
9631 struct type
*type_arg
;
9633 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_TYPE
)
9635 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9637 type_arg
= check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].type
);
9641 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9645 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
!= OP_LONG
)
9646 error (_("Invalid operand to '%s"), ada_attribute_name (op
));
9647 tem
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 2].longconst
);
9650 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9653 if (type_arg
== NULL
)
9655 arg1
= ada_coerce_ref (arg1
);
9657 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arg1
)))
9658 arg1
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1
);
9660 type
= ada_index_type (value_type (arg1
), tem
,
9661 ada_attribute_name (op
));
9663 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
9665 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9666 return allocate_value (type
);
9670 default: /* Should never happen. */
9671 error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
9673 return value_from_longest
9674 (type
, ada_array_bound (arg1
, tem
, 0));
9676 return value_from_longest
9677 (type
, ada_array_bound (arg1
, tem
, 1));
9679 return value_from_longest
9680 (type
, ada_array_length (arg1
, tem
));
9683 else if (discrete_type_p (type_arg
))
9685 struct type
*range_type
;
9686 char *name
= ada_type_name (type_arg
);
9689 if (name
!= NULL
&& TYPE_CODE (type_arg
) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
9690 range_type
= to_fixed_range_type (type_arg
, NULL
);
9691 if (range_type
== NULL
)
9692 range_type
= type_arg
;
9696 error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
9698 return value_from_longest
9699 (range_type
, ada_discrete_type_low_bound (range_type
));
9701 return value_from_longest
9702 (range_type
, ada_discrete_type_high_bound (range_type
));
9704 error (_("the 'length attribute applies only to array types"));
9707 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg
) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
)
9708 error (_("unimplemented type attribute"));
9713 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg
))
9714 type_arg
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg
);
9716 type
= ada_index_type (type_arg
, tem
, ada_attribute_name (op
));
9718 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
9720 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9721 return allocate_value (type
);
9726 error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
9728 low
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 0);
9729 return value_from_longest (type
, low
);
9731 high
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 1);
9732 return value_from_longest (type
, high
);
9734 low
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 0);
9735 high
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 1);
9736 return value_from_longest (type
, high
- low
+ 1);
9742 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9743 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9746 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9747 return value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
9749 return ada_value_tag (arg1
);
9753 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9754 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9755 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9756 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9758 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9759 return value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
9762 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9763 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
,
9764 op
== OP_ATR_MIN
? BINOP_MIN
: BINOP_MAX
);
9767 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
9769 struct type
*type_arg
= check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].type
);
9771 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9772 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9775 if (!ada_is_modular_type (type_arg
))
9776 error (_("'modulus must be applied to modular type"));
9778 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg
),
9779 ada_modulus (type_arg
));
9784 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9785 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9786 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9788 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
9789 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9790 return value_zero (type
, not_lval
);
9792 return value_pos_atr (type
, arg1
);
9795 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9796 type
= value_type (arg1
);
9798 /* If the argument is a reference, then dereference its type, since
9799 the user is really asking for the size of the actual object,
9800 not the size of the pointer. */
9801 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
9802 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
9804 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9806 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9807 return value_zero (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
, not_lval
);
9809 return value_from_longest (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
,
9810 TARGET_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
9813 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9814 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9815 type
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].type
;
9816 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9818 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9819 return value_zero (type
, not_lval
);
9821 return value_val_atr (type
, arg1
);
9824 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9825 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9826 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9828 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9829 return value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
9832 /* For integer exponentiation operations,
9833 only promote the first argument. */
9834 if (is_integral_type (value_type (arg2
)))
9835 unop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
);
9837 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9839 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
9843 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9844 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9850 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9851 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9853 unop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
);
9854 if (value_less (arg1
, value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
)))
9855 return value_neg (arg1
);
9860 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9861 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9863 type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1
));
9864 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9866 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
9867 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
9869 struct type
*arrType
= ada_type_of_array (arg1
, 0);
9871 if (arrType
== NULL
)
9872 error (_("Attempt to dereference null array pointer."));
9873 return value_at_lazy (arrType
, 0);
9875 else if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
9876 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
9877 /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */
9878 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
9880 type
= to_static_fixed_type
9882 (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
))));
9884 return value_zero (type
, lval_memory
);
9886 else if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_INT
)
9888 /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */
9889 if (expect_type
== NULL
)
9890 return value_zero (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
,
9895 to_static_fixed_type (ada_aligned_type (expect_type
));
9896 return value_zero (expect_type
, lval_memory
);
9900 error (_("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value."));
9902 arg1
= ada_coerce_ref (arg1
); /* FIXME: What is this for?? */
9903 type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1
));
9905 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_INT
)
9906 /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. If we were given
9907 the expect_type, then use that as the target type.
9908 Otherwise, assume that the target type is an int. */
9910 if (expect_type
!= NULL
)
9911 return ada_value_ind (value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (expect_type
),
9914 return value_at_lazy (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
,
9915 (CORE_ADDR
) value_as_address (arg1
));
9918 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
9919 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
9920 return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1
);
9922 return ada_value_ind (arg1
);
9924 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT
:
9925 tem
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
9926 (*pos
) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem
+ 1);
9927 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9928 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9930 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9932 struct type
*type1
= value_type (arg1
);
9934 if (ada_is_tagged_type (type1
, 1))
9936 type
= ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1
,
9937 &exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].string
,
9940 /* In this case, we assume that the field COULD exist
9941 in some extension of the type. Return an object of
9942 "type" void, which will match any formal
9943 (see ada_type_match). */
9944 return value_zero (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_void
,
9949 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1
, &exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].string
, 1,
9952 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
9955 arg1
= ada_value_struct_elt (arg1
, &exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].string
, 0);
9956 arg1
= unwrap_value (arg1
);
9957 return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1
);
9960 /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it
9961 easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */
9963 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9965 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9966 return allocate_value (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
);
9968 error (_("Attempt to use a type name as an expression"));
9973 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
9976 if (noside
== EVAL_NORMAL
)
9980 error (_("Undefined name, ambiguous name, or renaming used in "
9981 "component association: %s."), &exp
->elts
[pc
+2].string
);
9983 error (_("Aggregates only allowed on the right of an assignment"));
9985 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9986 _("aggregate apparently mangled"));
9989 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, pc
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
9991 for (tem
= 0; tem
< nargs
; tem
+= 1)
9992 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9997 return value_from_longest (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
, 1);
10003 /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the
10004 type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information.
10005 Otherwise, return NULL. */
10007 static const char *
10008 fixed_type_info (struct type
*type
)
10010 const char *name
= ada_type_name (type
);
10011 enum type_code code
= (type
== NULL
) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF
: TYPE_CODE (type
);
10013 if ((code
== TYPE_CODE_INT
|| code
== TYPE_CODE_RANGE
) && name
!= NULL
)
10015 const char *tail
= strstr (name
, "___XF_");
10022 else if (code
== TYPE_CODE_RANGE
&& TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) != type
)
10023 return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
10028 /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */
10031 ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type
*type
)
10033 return fixed_type_info (type
) != NULL
;
10036 /* Return non-zero iff TYPE represents a System.Address type. */
10039 ada_is_system_address_type (struct type
*type
)
10041 return (TYPE_NAME (type
)
10042 && strcmp (TYPE_NAME (type
), "system__address") == 0);
10045 /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point
10046 type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the
10047 delta cannot be determined. */
10050 ada_delta (struct type
*type
)
10052 const char *encoding
= fixed_type_info (type
);
10055 /* Strictly speaking, num and den are encoded as integer. However,
10056 they may not fit into a long, and they will have to be converted
10057 to DOUBLEST anyway. So scan them as DOUBLEST. */
10058 if (sscanf (encoding
, "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
"_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
,
10065 /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling
10066 factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */
10069 scaling_factor (struct type
*type
)
10071 const char *encoding
= fixed_type_info (type
);
10072 DOUBLEST num0
, den0
, num1
, den1
;
10075 /* Strictly speaking, num's and den's are encoded as integer. However,
10076 they may not fit into a long, and they will have to be converted
10077 to DOUBLEST anyway. So scan them as DOUBLEST. */
10078 n
= sscanf (encoding
,
10079 "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
"_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
10080 "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
"_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
,
10081 &num0
, &den0
, &num1
, &den1
);
10086 return num1
/ den1
;
10088 return num0
/ den0
;
10092 /* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point
10093 type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */
10096 ada_fixed_to_float (struct type
*type
, LONGEST x
)
10098 return (DOUBLEST
) x
*scaling_factor (type
);
10101 /* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE
10102 corresponding to the value X. */
10105 ada_float_to_fixed (struct type
*type
, DOUBLEST x
)
10107 return (LONGEST
) (x
/ scaling_factor (type
) + 0.5);
10114 /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and
10115 return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If
10116 PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the
10117 name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do
10118 not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */
10121 scan_discrim_bound (char *str
, int k
, struct value
*dval
, LONGEST
* px
,
10124 static char *bound_buffer
= NULL
;
10125 static size_t bound_buffer_len
= 0;
10128 struct value
*bound_val
;
10130 if (dval
== NULL
|| str
== NULL
|| str
[k
] == '\0')
10133 pend
= strstr (str
+ k
, "__");
10137 k
+= strlen (bound
);
10141 GROW_VECT (bound_buffer
, bound_buffer_len
, pend
- (str
+ k
) + 1);
10142 bound
= bound_buffer
;
10143 strncpy (bound_buffer
, str
+ k
, pend
- (str
+ k
));
10144 bound
[pend
- (str
+ k
)] = '\0';
10148 bound_val
= ada_search_struct_field (bound
, dval
, 0, value_type (dval
));
10149 if (bound_val
== NULL
)
10152 *px
= value_as_long (bound_val
);
10153 if (pnew_k
!= NULL
)
10158 /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If
10159 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and
10160 otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */
10162 static struct value
*
10163 get_var_value (char *name
, char *err_msg
)
10165 struct ada_symbol_info
*syms
;
10168 nsyms
= ada_lookup_symbol_list (name
, get_selected_block (0), VAR_DOMAIN
,
10173 if (err_msg
== NULL
)
10176 error (("%s"), err_msg
);
10179 return value_of_variable (syms
[0].sym
, syms
[0].block
);
10182 /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If
10183 no such variable found, returns 0, and sets *FLAG to 0. If
10184 successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */
10187 get_int_var_value (char *name
, int *flag
)
10189 struct value
*var_val
= get_var_value (name
, 0);
10201 return value_as_long (var_val
);
10206 /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named
10207 NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated
10208 from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions.
10209 Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. ORIG_TYPE is the
10210 corresponding range type from debug information; fall back to using it
10211 if symbol lookup fails. If a new type must be created, allocate it
10212 like ORIG_TYPE was. The bounds information, in general, is encoded
10213 in NAME, the base type given in the named range type. */
10215 static struct type
*
10216 to_fixed_range_type (struct type
*raw_type
, struct value
*dval
)
10219 struct type
*base_type
;
10220 char *subtype_info
;
10222 gdb_assert (raw_type
!= NULL
);
10223 gdb_assert (TYPE_NAME (raw_type
) != NULL
);
10225 if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type
) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
10226 base_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type
);
10228 base_type
= raw_type
;
10230 name
= TYPE_NAME (raw_type
);
10231 subtype_info
= strstr (name
, "___XD");
10232 if (subtype_info
== NULL
)
10234 LONGEST L
= ada_discrete_type_low_bound (raw_type
);
10235 LONGEST U
= ada_discrete_type_high_bound (raw_type
);
10237 if (L
< INT_MIN
|| U
> INT_MAX
)
10240 return create_range_type (alloc_type_copy (raw_type
), raw_type
,
10241 ada_discrete_type_low_bound (raw_type
),
10242 ada_discrete_type_high_bound (raw_type
));
10246 static char *name_buf
= NULL
;
10247 static size_t name_len
= 0;
10248 int prefix_len
= subtype_info
- name
;
10254 GROW_VECT (name_buf
, name_len
, prefix_len
+ 5);
10255 strncpy (name_buf
, name
, prefix_len
);
10256 name_buf
[prefix_len
] = '\0';
10259 bounds_str
= strchr (subtype_info
, '_');
10262 if (*subtype_info
== 'L')
10264 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str
, n
, &L
, &n
)
10265 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str
, n
, dval
, &L
, &n
))
10267 if (bounds_str
[n
] == '_')
10269 else if (bounds_str
[n
] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */
10277 strcpy (name_buf
+ prefix_len
, "___L");
10278 L
= get_int_var_value (name_buf
, &ok
);
10281 lim_warning (_("Unknown lower bound, using 1."));
10286 if (*subtype_info
== 'U')
10288 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str
, n
, &U
, &n
)
10289 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str
, n
, dval
, &U
, &n
))
10296 strcpy (name_buf
+ prefix_len
, "___U");
10297 U
= get_int_var_value (name_buf
, &ok
);
10300 lim_warning (_("Unknown upper bound, using %ld."), (long) L
);
10305 type
= create_range_type (alloc_type_copy (raw_type
), base_type
, L
, U
);
10306 TYPE_NAME (type
) = name
;
10311 /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */
10314 ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name
)
10316 return (name
!= NULL
&& strstr (name
, "___XD"));
10320 /* Modular types */
10322 /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */
10325 ada_is_modular_type (struct type
*type
)
10327 struct type
*subranged_type
= base_type (type
);
10329 return (subranged_type
!= NULL
&& TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
10330 && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type
) == TYPE_CODE_INT
10331 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type
));
10334 /* Try to determine the lower and upper bounds of the given modular type
10335 using the type name only. Return non-zero and set L and U as the lower
10336 and upper bounds (respectively) if successful. */
10339 ada_modulus_from_name (struct type
*type
, ULONGEST
*modulus
)
10341 char *name
= ada_type_name (type
);
10349 /* Discrete type bounds are encoded using an __XD suffix. In our case,
10350 we are looking for static bounds, which means an __XDLU suffix.
10351 Moreover, we know that the lower bound of modular types is always
10352 zero, so the actual suffix should start with "__XDLU_0__", and
10353 then be followed by the upper bound value. */
10354 suffix
= strstr (name
, "__XDLU_0__");
10355 if (suffix
== NULL
)
10358 if (!ada_scan_number (suffix
, k
, &U
, NULL
))
10361 *modulus
= (ULONGEST
) U
+ 1;
10365 /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */
10368 ada_modulus (struct type
*type
)
10370 return (ULONGEST
) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type
) + 1;
10374 /* Ada exception catchpoint support:
10375 ---------------------------------
10377 We support 3 kinds of exception catchpoints:
10378 . catchpoints on Ada exceptions
10379 . catchpoints on unhandled Ada exceptions
10380 . catchpoints on failed assertions
10382 Exceptions raised during failed assertions, or unhandled exceptions
10383 could perfectly be caught with the general catchpoint on Ada exceptions.
10384 However, we can easily differentiate these two special cases, and having
10385 the option to distinguish these two cases from the rest can be useful
10386 to zero-in on certain situations.
10388 Exception catchpoints are a specialized form of breakpoint,
10389 since they rely on inserting breakpoints inside known routines
10390 of the GNAT runtime. The implementation therefore uses a standard
10391 breakpoint structure of the BP_BREAKPOINT type, but with its own set
10394 Support in the runtime for exception catchpoints have been changed
10395 a few times already, and these changes affect the implementation
10396 of these catchpoints. In order to be able to support several
10397 variants of the runtime, we use a sniffer that will determine
10398 the runtime variant used by the program being debugged.
10400 At this time, we do not support the use of conditions on Ada exception
10401 catchpoints. The COND and COND_STRING fields are therefore set
10402 to NULL (most of the time, see below).
10404 Conditions where EXP_STRING, COND, and COND_STRING are used:
10406 When a user specifies the name of a specific exception in the case
10407 of catchpoints on Ada exceptions, we store the name of that exception
10408 in the EXP_STRING. We then translate this request into an actual
10409 condition stored in COND_STRING, and then parse it into an expression
10412 /* The different types of catchpoints that we introduced for catching
10415 enum exception_catchpoint_kind
10417 ex_catch_exception
,
10418 ex_catch_exception_unhandled
,
10422 /* Ada's standard exceptions. */
10424 static char *standard_exc
[] = {
10425 "constraint_error",
10431 typedef CORE_ADDR (ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype
) (void);
10433 /* A structure that describes how to support exception catchpoints
10434 for a given executable. */
10436 struct exception_support_info
10438 /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert
10439 a catchpoint on exceptions. */
10440 const char *catch_exception_sym
;
10442 /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert
10443 a catchpoint on unhandled exceptions. */
10444 const char *catch_exception_unhandled_sym
;
10446 /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert
10447 a catchpoint on failed assertions. */
10448 const char *catch_assert_sym
;
10450 /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception
10451 catchpoint, this function is responsible for returning the address
10452 in inferior memory where the name of that exception is stored.
10453 Return zero if the address could not be computed. */
10454 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype
*unhandled_exception_name_addr
;
10457 static CORE_ADDR
ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void);
10458 static CORE_ADDR
ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void);
10460 /* The following exception support info structure describes how to
10461 implement exception catchpoints with the latest version of the
10462 Ada runtime (as of 2007-03-06). */
10464 static const struct exception_support_info default_exception_support_info
=
10466 "__gnat_debug_raise_exception", /* catch_exception_sym */
10467 "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */
10468 "__gnat_debug_raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */
10469 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr
10472 /* The following exception support info structure describes how to
10473 implement exception catchpoints with a slightly older version
10474 of the Ada runtime. */
10476 static const struct exception_support_info exception_support_info_fallback
=
10478 "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg", /* catch_exception_sym */
10479 "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */
10480 "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */
10481 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise
10484 /* For each executable, we sniff which exception info structure to use
10485 and cache it in the following global variable. */
10487 static const struct exception_support_info
*exception_info
= NULL
;
10489 /* Inspect the Ada runtime and determine which exception info structure
10490 should be used to provide support for exception catchpoints.
10492 This function will always set exception_info, or raise an error. */
10495 ada_exception_support_info_sniffer (void)
10497 struct symbol
*sym
;
10499 /* If the exception info is already known, then no need to recompute it. */
10500 if (exception_info
!= NULL
)
10503 /* Check the latest (default) exception support info. */
10504 sym
= standard_lookup (default_exception_support_info
.catch_exception_sym
,
10508 exception_info
= &default_exception_support_info
;
10512 /* Try our fallback exception suport info. */
10513 sym
= standard_lookup (exception_support_info_fallback
.catch_exception_sym
,
10517 exception_info
= &exception_support_info_fallback
;
10521 /* Sometimes, it is normal for us to not be able to find the routine
10522 we are looking for. This happens when the program is linked with
10523 the shared version of the GNAT runtime, and the program has not been
10524 started yet. Inform the user of these two possible causes if
10527 if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown
) != language_ada
)
10528 error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Is this an Ada main program?"));
10530 /* If the symbol does not exist, then check that the program is
10531 already started, to make sure that shared libraries have been
10532 loaded. If it is not started, this may mean that the symbol is
10533 in a shared library. */
10535 if (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
) == 0)
10536 error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Try to start the program first."));
10538 /* At this point, we know that we are debugging an Ada program and
10539 that the inferior has been started, but we still are not able to
10540 find the run-time symbols. That can mean that we are in
10541 configurable run time mode, or that a-except as been optimized
10542 out by the linker... In any case, at this point it is not worth
10543 supporting this feature. */
10545 error (_("Cannot insert catchpoints in this configuration."));
10548 /* An observer of "executable_changed" events.
10549 Its role is to clear certain cached values that need to be recomputed
10550 each time a new executable is loaded by GDB. */
10553 ada_executable_changed_observer (void)
10555 /* If the executable changed, then it is possible that the Ada runtime
10556 is different. So we need to invalidate the exception support info
10558 exception_info
= NULL
;
10561 /* True iff FRAME is very likely to be that of a function that is
10562 part of the runtime system. This is all very heuristic, but is
10563 intended to be used as advice as to what frames are uninteresting
10567 is_known_support_routine (struct frame_info
*frame
)
10569 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10571 enum language func_lang
;
10574 /* If this code does not have any debugging information (no symtab),
10575 This cannot be any user code. */
10577 find_frame_sal (frame
, &sal
);
10578 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
10581 /* If there is a symtab, but the associated source file cannot be
10582 located, then assume this is not user code: Selecting a frame
10583 for which we cannot display the code would not be very helpful
10584 for the user. This should also take care of case such as VxWorks
10585 where the kernel has some debugging info provided for a few units. */
10587 if (symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
) == NULL
)
10590 /* Check the unit filename againt the Ada runtime file naming.
10591 We also check the name of the objfile against the name of some
10592 known system libraries that sometimes come with debugging info
10595 for (i
= 0; known_runtime_file_name_patterns
[i
] != NULL
; i
+= 1)
10597 re_comp (known_runtime_file_name_patterns
[i
]);
10598 if (re_exec (sal
.symtab
->filename
))
10600 if (sal
.symtab
->objfile
!= NULL
10601 && re_exec (sal
.symtab
->objfile
->name
))
10605 /* Check whether the function is a GNAT-generated entity. */
10607 find_frame_funname (frame
, &func_name
, &func_lang
, NULL
);
10608 if (func_name
== NULL
)
10611 for (i
= 0; known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns
[i
] != NULL
; i
+= 1)
10613 re_comp (known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns
[i
]);
10614 if (re_exec (func_name
))
10621 /* Find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not
10622 part of the Ada run-time, starting from FI and moving upward. */
10625 ada_find_printable_frame (struct frame_info
*fi
)
10627 for (; fi
!= NULL
; fi
= get_prev_frame (fi
))
10629 if (!is_known_support_routine (fi
))
10638 /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception
10639 catchpoint, return the address in inferior memory where the name
10640 of the exception is stored.
10642 Return zero if the address could not be computed. */
10645 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void)
10647 return parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name");
10650 /* Same as ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr, except that this function
10651 should be used when the inferior uses an older version of the runtime,
10652 where the exception name needs to be extracted from a specific frame
10653 several frames up in the callstack. */
10656 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void)
10659 struct frame_info
*fi
;
10661 /* To determine the name of this exception, we need to select
10662 the frame corresponding to RAISE_SYM_NAME. This frame is
10663 at least 3 levels up, so we simply skip the first 3 frames
10664 without checking the name of their associated function. */
10665 fi
= get_current_frame ();
10666 for (frame_level
= 0; frame_level
< 3; frame_level
+= 1)
10668 fi
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
10673 enum language func_lang
;
10675 find_frame_funname (fi
, &func_name
, &func_lang
, NULL
);
10676 if (func_name
!= NULL
10677 && strcmp (func_name
, exception_info
->catch_exception_sym
) == 0)
10678 break; /* We found the frame we were looking for... */
10679 fi
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
10686 return parse_and_eval_address ("id.full_name");
10689 /* Assuming the inferior just triggered an Ada exception catchpoint
10690 (of any type), return the address in inferior memory where the name
10691 of the exception is stored, if applicable.
10693 Return zero if the address could not be computed, or if not relevant. */
10696 ada_exception_name_addr_1 (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
10697 struct breakpoint
*b
)
10701 case ex_catch_exception
:
10702 return (parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name"));
10705 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10706 return exception_info
->unhandled_exception_name_addr ();
10709 case ex_catch_assert
:
10710 return 0; /* Exception name is not relevant in this case. */
10714 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
10718 return 0; /* Should never be reached. */
10721 /* Same as ada_exception_name_addr_1, except that it intercepts and contains
10722 any error that ada_exception_name_addr_1 might cause to be thrown.
10723 When an error is intercepted, a warning with the error message is printed,
10724 and zero is returned. */
10727 ada_exception_name_addr (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
10728 struct breakpoint
*b
)
10730 struct gdb_exception e
;
10731 CORE_ADDR result
= 0;
10733 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10735 result
= ada_exception_name_addr_1 (ex
, b
);
10740 warning (_("failed to get exception name: %s"), e
.message
);
10747 /* Implement the PRINT_IT method in the breakpoint_ops structure
10748 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
10750 static enum print_stop_action
10751 print_it_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
10753 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
10755 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10757 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10758 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10759 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10762 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
10763 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10764 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10768 case ex_catch_exception
:
10769 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10771 const CORE_ADDR addr
= ada_exception_name_addr (ex
, b
);
10772 char exception_name
[256];
10776 read_memory (addr
, exception_name
, sizeof (exception_name
) - 1);
10777 exception_name
[sizeof (exception_name
) - 1] = '\0';
10781 /* For some reason, we were unable to read the exception
10782 name. This could happen if the Runtime was compiled
10783 without debugging info, for instance. In that case,
10784 just replace the exception name by the generic string
10785 "exception" - it will read as "an exception" in the
10786 notification we are about to print. */
10787 memcpy (exception_name
, "exception", sizeof ("exception"));
10789 /* In the case of unhandled exception breakpoints, we print
10790 the exception name as "unhandled EXCEPTION_NAME", to make
10791 it clearer to the user which kind of catchpoint just got
10792 hit. We used ui_out_text to make sure that this extra
10793 info does not pollute the exception name in the MI case. */
10794 if (ex
== ex_catch_exception_unhandled
)
10795 ui_out_text (uiout
, "unhandled ");
10796 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exception-name", exception_name
);
10799 case ex_catch_assert
:
10800 /* In this case, the name of the exception is not really
10801 important. Just print "failed assertion" to make it clearer
10802 that his program just hit an assertion-failure catchpoint.
10803 We used ui_out_text because this info does not belong in
10805 ui_out_text (uiout
, "failed assertion");
10808 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
10809 ada_find_printable_frame (get_current_frame ());
10811 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10814 /* Implement the PRINT_ONE method in the breakpoint_ops structure
10815 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
10818 print_one_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
10819 struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10821 struct value_print_options opts
;
10823 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10824 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10826 annotate_field (4);
10827 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
10830 annotate_field (5);
10831 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
10834 case ex_catch_exception
:
10835 if (b
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
10837 char *msg
= xstrprintf (_("`%s' Ada exception"), b
->exp_string
);
10839 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
10843 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "all Ada exceptions");
10847 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "unhandled Ada exceptions");
10851 case ex_catch_assert
:
10852 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "failed Ada assertions");
10856 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
10861 /* Implement the PRINT_MENTION method in the breakpoint_ops structure
10862 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
10865 print_mention_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
10866 struct breakpoint
*b
)
10870 case ex_catch_exception
:
10871 if (b
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
10872 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d: `%s' Ada exception"),
10873 b
->number
, b
->exp_string
);
10875 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d: all Ada exceptions"), b
->number
);
10879 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10880 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d: unhandled Ada exceptions"),
10884 case ex_catch_assert
:
10885 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d: failed Ada assertions"), b
->number
);
10889 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
10894 /* Implement the PRINT_RECREATE method in the breakpoint_ops structure
10895 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
10898 print_recreate_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
10899 struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10903 case ex_catch_exception
:
10904 fprintf_filtered (fp
, "catch exception");
10905 if (b
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
10906 fprintf_filtered (fp
, " %s", b
->exp_string
);
10909 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10910 fprintf_filtered (fp
, "catch exception unhandled");
10913 case ex_catch_assert
:
10914 fprintf_filtered (fp
, "catch assert");
10918 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
10922 /* Virtual table for "catch exception" breakpoints. */
10924 static enum print_stop_action
10925 print_it_catch_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10927 return print_it_exception (ex_catch_exception
, b
);
10931 print_one_catch_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10933 print_one_exception (ex_catch_exception
, b
, last_loc
);
10937 print_mention_catch_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10939 print_mention_exception (ex_catch_exception
, b
);
10943 print_recreate_catch_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10945 print_recreate_exception (ex_catch_exception
, b
, fp
);
10948 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_breakpoint_ops
=
10953 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
10954 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
10955 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
10956 print_it_catch_exception
,
10957 print_one_catch_exception
,
10958 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
10959 print_mention_catch_exception
,
10960 print_recreate_catch_exception
10963 /* Virtual table for "catch exception unhandled" breakpoints. */
10965 static enum print_stop_action
10966 print_it_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10968 return print_it_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled
, b
);
10972 print_one_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10973 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10975 print_one_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled
, b
, last_loc
);
10979 print_mention_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10981 print_mention_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled
, b
);
10985 print_recreate_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10986 struct ui_file
*fp
)
10988 print_recreate_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled
, b
, fp
);
10991 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops
= {
10995 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
10996 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
10997 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
10998 print_it_catch_exception_unhandled
,
10999 print_one_catch_exception_unhandled
,
11000 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
11001 print_mention_catch_exception_unhandled
,
11002 print_recreate_catch_exception_unhandled
11005 /* Virtual table for "catch assert" breakpoints. */
11007 static enum print_stop_action
11008 print_it_catch_assert (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11010 return print_it_exception (ex_catch_assert
, b
);
11014 print_one_catch_assert (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11016 print_one_exception (ex_catch_assert
, b
, last_loc
);
11020 print_mention_catch_assert (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11022 print_mention_exception (ex_catch_assert
, b
);
11026 print_recreate_catch_assert (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11028 print_recreate_exception (ex_catch_assert
, b
, fp
);
11031 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_assert_breakpoint_ops
= {
11035 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
11036 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
11037 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
11038 print_it_catch_assert
,
11039 print_one_catch_assert
,
11040 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
11041 print_mention_catch_assert
,
11042 print_recreate_catch_assert
11045 /* Return non-zero if B is an Ada exception catchpoint. */
11048 ada_exception_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11050 return (b
->ops
== &catch_exception_breakpoint_ops
11051 || b
->ops
== &catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops
11052 || b
->ops
== &catch_assert_breakpoint_ops
);
11055 /* Return a newly allocated copy of the first space-separated token
11056 in ARGSP, and then adjust ARGSP to point immediately after that
11059 Return NULL if ARGPS does not contain any more tokens. */
11062 ada_get_next_arg (char **argsp
)
11064 char *args
= *argsp
;
11068 /* Skip any leading white space. */
11070 while (isspace (*args
))
11073 if (args
[0] == '\0')
11074 return NULL
; /* No more arguments. */
11076 /* Find the end of the current argument. */
11079 while (*end
!= '\0' && !isspace (*end
))
11082 /* Adjust ARGSP to point to the start of the next argument. */
11086 /* Make a copy of the current argument and return it. */
11088 result
= xmalloc (end
- args
+ 1);
11089 strncpy (result
, args
, end
- args
);
11090 result
[end
- args
] = '\0';
11095 /* Split the arguments specified in a "catch exception" command.
11096 Set EX to the appropriate catchpoint type.
11097 Set EXP_STRING to the name of the specific exception if
11098 specified by the user. */
11101 catch_ada_exception_command_split (char *args
,
11102 enum exception_catchpoint_kind
*ex
,
11105 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11106 char *exception_name
;
11108 exception_name
= ada_get_next_arg (&args
);
11109 make_cleanup (xfree
, exception_name
);
11111 /* Check that we do not have any more arguments. Anything else
11114 while (isspace (*args
))
11117 if (args
[0] != '\0')
11118 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
11120 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11122 if (exception_name
== NULL
)
11124 /* Catch all exceptions. */
11125 *ex
= ex_catch_exception
;
11126 *exp_string
= NULL
;
11128 else if (strcmp (exception_name
, "unhandled") == 0)
11130 /* Catch unhandled exceptions. */
11131 *ex
= ex_catch_exception_unhandled
;
11132 *exp_string
= NULL
;
11136 /* Catch a specific exception. */
11137 *ex
= ex_catch_exception
;
11138 *exp_string
= exception_name
;
11142 /* Return the name of the symbol on which we should break in order to
11143 implement a catchpoint of the EX kind. */
11145 static const char *
11146 ada_exception_sym_name (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
)
11148 gdb_assert (exception_info
!= NULL
);
11152 case ex_catch_exception
:
11153 return (exception_info
->catch_exception_sym
);
11155 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
11156 return (exception_info
->catch_exception_unhandled_sym
);
11158 case ex_catch_assert
:
11159 return (exception_info
->catch_assert_sym
);
11162 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11163 _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex
);
11167 /* Return the breakpoint ops "virtual table" used for catchpoints
11170 static struct breakpoint_ops
*
11171 ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
)
11175 case ex_catch_exception
:
11176 return (&catch_exception_breakpoint_ops
);
11178 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
11179 return (&catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops
);
11181 case ex_catch_assert
:
11182 return (&catch_assert_breakpoint_ops
);
11185 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11186 _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex
);
11190 /* Return the condition that will be used to match the current exception
11191 being raised with the exception that the user wants to catch. This
11192 assumes that this condition is used when the inferior just triggered
11193 an exception catchpoint.
11195 The string returned is a newly allocated string that needs to be
11196 deallocated later. */
11199 ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (const char *exp_string
)
11203 /* The standard exceptions are a special case. They are defined in
11204 runtime units that have been compiled without debugging info; if
11205 EXP_STRING is the not-fully-qualified name of a standard
11206 exception (e.g. "constraint_error") then, during the evaluation
11207 of the condition expression, the symbol lookup on this name would
11208 *not* return this standard exception. The catchpoint condition
11209 may then be set only on user-defined exceptions which have the
11210 same not-fully-qualified name (e.g. my_package.constraint_error).
11212 To avoid this unexcepted behavior, these standard exceptions are
11213 systematically prefixed by "standard". This means that "catch
11214 exception constraint_error" is rewritten into "catch exception
11215 standard.constraint_error".
11217 If an exception named contraint_error is defined in another package of
11218 the inferior program, then the only way to specify this exception as a
11219 breakpoint condition is to use its fully-qualified named:
11220 e.g. my_package.constraint_error. */
11222 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (standard_exc
) / sizeof (char *); i
++)
11224 if (strcmp (standard_exc
[i
], exp_string
) == 0)
11226 return xstrprintf ("long_integer (e) = long_integer (&standard.%s)",
11230 return xstrprintf ("long_integer (e) = long_integer (&%s)", exp_string
);
11233 /* Return the expression corresponding to COND_STRING evaluated at SAL. */
11235 static struct expression
*
11236 ada_parse_catchpoint_condition (char *cond_string
,
11237 struct symtab_and_line sal
)
11239 return (parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0));
11242 /* Return the symtab_and_line that should be used to insert an exception
11243 catchpoint of the TYPE kind.
11245 EX_STRING should contain the name of a specific exception
11246 that the catchpoint should catch, or NULL otherwise.
11248 The idea behind all the remaining parameters is that their names match
11249 the name of certain fields in the breakpoint structure that are used to
11250 handle exception catchpoints. This function returns the value to which
11251 these fields should be set, depending on the type of catchpoint we need
11254 If COND and COND_STRING are both non-NULL, any value they might
11255 hold will be free'ed, and then replaced by newly allocated ones.
11256 These parameters are left untouched otherwise. */
11258 static struct symtab_and_line
11259 ada_exception_sal (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
, char *exp_string
,
11260 char **addr_string
, char **cond_string
,
11261 struct expression
**cond
, struct breakpoint_ops
**ops
)
11263 const char *sym_name
;
11264 struct symbol
*sym
;
11265 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11267 /* First, find out which exception support info to use. */
11268 ada_exception_support_info_sniffer ();
11270 /* Then lookup the function on which we will break in order to catch
11271 the Ada exceptions requested by the user. */
11273 sym_name
= ada_exception_sym_name (ex
);
11274 sym
= standard_lookup (sym_name
, NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
);
11276 /* The symbol we're looking up is provided by a unit in the GNAT runtime
11277 that should be compiled with debugging information. As a result, we
11278 expect to find that symbol in the symtabs. If we don't find it, then
11279 the target most likely does not support Ada exceptions, or we cannot
11280 insert exception breakpoints yet, because the GNAT runtime hasn't been
11283 /* brobecker/2006-12-26: It is conceivable that the runtime was compiled
11284 in such a way that no debugging information is produced for the symbol
11285 we are looking for. In this case, we could search the minimal symbols
11286 as a fall-back mechanism. This would still be operating in degraded
11287 mode, however, as we would still be missing the debugging information
11288 that is needed in order to extract the name of the exception being
11289 raised (this name is printed in the catchpoint message, and is also
11290 used when trying to catch a specific exception). We do not handle
11291 this case for now. */
11294 error (_("Unable to break on '%s' in this configuration."), sym_name
);
11296 /* Make sure that the symbol we found corresponds to a function. */
11297 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_BLOCK
)
11298 error (_("Symbol \"%s\" is not a function (class = %d)"),
11299 sym_name
, SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
));
11301 sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
11303 /* Set ADDR_STRING. */
11305 *addr_string
= xstrdup (sym_name
);
11307 /* Set the COND and COND_STRING (if not NULL). */
11309 if (cond_string
!= NULL
&& cond
!= NULL
)
11311 if (*cond_string
!= NULL
)
11313 xfree (*cond_string
);
11314 *cond_string
= NULL
;
11321 if (exp_string
!= NULL
)
11323 *cond_string
= ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (exp_string
);
11324 *cond
= ada_parse_catchpoint_condition (*cond_string
, sal
);
11329 *ops
= ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (ex
);
11334 /* Parse the arguments (ARGS) of the "catch exception" command.
11336 Set TYPE to the appropriate exception catchpoint type.
11337 If the user asked the catchpoint to catch only a specific
11338 exception, then save the exception name in ADDR_STRING.
11340 See ada_exception_sal for a description of all the remaining
11341 function arguments of this function. */
11343 static struct symtab_and_line
11344 ada_decode_exception_location (char *args
, char **addr_string
,
11345 char **exp_string
, char **cond_string
,
11346 struct expression
**cond
,
11347 struct breakpoint_ops
**ops
)
11349 enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
;
11351 catch_ada_exception_command_split (args
, &ex
, exp_string
);
11352 return ada_exception_sal (ex
, *exp_string
, addr_string
, cond_string
,
11356 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
11359 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11360 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11362 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11364 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11365 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
11366 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
11367 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11368 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
11369 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
11371 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11375 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
11376 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
11377 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
11378 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
11382 static struct symtab_and_line
11383 ada_decode_assert_location (char *args
, char **addr_string
,
11384 struct breakpoint_ops
**ops
)
11386 /* Check that no argument where provided at the end of the command. */
11390 while (isspace (*args
))
11393 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11396 return ada_exception_sal (ex_catch_assert
, NULL
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
,
11400 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
11403 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11404 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11406 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11408 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11409 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
11410 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
11412 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11416 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
11417 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
11418 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11421 /* Information about operators given special treatment in functions
11423 /* Format: OP_DEFN (<operator>, <operator length>, <# args>, <binop>). */
11425 #define ADA_OPERATORS \
11426 OP_DEFN (OP_VAR_VALUE, 4, 0, 0) \
11427 OP_DEFN (BINOP_IN_BOUNDS, 3, 2, 0) \
11428 OP_DEFN (TERNOP_IN_RANGE, 1, 3, 0) \
11429 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_FIRST, 1, 2, 0) \
11430 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LAST, 1, 2, 0) \
11431 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LENGTH, 1, 2, 0) \
11432 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_IMAGE, 1, 2, 0) \
11433 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MAX, 1, 3, 0) \
11434 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MIN, 1, 3, 0) \
11435 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MODULUS, 1, 1, 0) \
11436 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_POS, 1, 2, 0) \
11437 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_SIZE, 1, 1, 0) \
11438 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_TAG, 1, 1, 0) \
11439 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_VAL, 1, 2, 0) \
11440 OP_DEFN (UNOP_QUAL, 3, 1, 0) \
11441 OP_DEFN (UNOP_IN_RANGE, 3, 1, 0) \
11442 OP_DEFN (OP_OTHERS, 1, 1, 0) \
11443 OP_DEFN (OP_POSITIONAL, 3, 1, 0) \
11444 OP_DEFN (OP_DISCRETE_RANGE, 1, 2, 0)
11447 ada_operator_length (const struct expression
*exp
, int pc
, int *oplenp
,
11450 switch (exp
->elts
[pc
- 1].opcode
)
11453 operator_length_standard (exp
, pc
, oplenp
, argsp
);
11456 #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \
11457 case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break;
11463 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
- 2].longconst
);
11468 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
- 2].longconst
) + 1;
11473 /* Implementation of the exp_descriptor method operator_check. */
11476 ada_operator_check (struct expression
*exp
, int pos
,
11477 int (*objfile_func
) (struct objfile
*objfile
, void *data
),
11480 const union exp_element
*const elts
= exp
->elts
;
11481 struct type
*type
= NULL
;
11483 switch (elts
[pos
].opcode
)
11485 case UNOP_IN_RANGE
:
11487 type
= elts
[pos
+ 1].type
;
11491 return operator_check_standard (exp
, pos
, objfile_func
, data
);
11494 /* Invoke callbacks for TYPE and OBJFILE if they were set as non-NULL. */
11496 if (type
&& TYPE_OBJFILE (type
)
11497 && (*objfile_func
) (TYPE_OBJFILE (type
), data
))
11504 ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode opcode
)
11509 return op_name_standard (opcode
);
11511 #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) case op: return #op;
11516 return "OP_AGGREGATE";
11518 return "OP_CHOICES";
11524 /* As for operator_length, but assumes PC is pointing at the first
11525 element of the operator, and gives meaningful results only for the
11526 Ada-specific operators, returning 0 for *OPLENP and *ARGSP otherwise. */
11529 ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression
*exp
, int pc
,
11530 int *oplenp
, int *argsp
)
11532 switch (exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
)
11535 *oplenp
= *argsp
= 0;
11538 #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \
11539 case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break;
11545 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
11550 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
) + 1;
11556 int len
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
11558 *oplenp
= 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (len
+ 1);
11566 ada_dump_subexp_body (struct expression
*exp
, struct ui_file
*stream
, int elt
)
11568 enum exp_opcode op
= exp
->elts
[elt
].opcode
;
11573 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, elt
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
11577 /* Ada attributes ('Foo). */
11580 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
11584 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
11591 case UNOP_IN_RANGE
:
11593 /* XXX: gdb_sprint_host_address, type_sprint */
11594 fprintf_filtered (stream
, _("Type @"));
11595 gdb_print_host_address (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, stream
);
11596 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " (");
11597 type_print (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, NULL
, stream
, 0);
11598 fprintf_filtered (stream
, ")");
11600 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
11601 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " (%d)",
11602 longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].longconst
));
11604 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
11609 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
11610 case OP_POSITIONAL
:
11617 char *name
= &exp
->elts
[elt
+ 2].string
;
11618 int len
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[elt
+ 1].longconst
);
11620 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "Text: `%.*s'", len
, name
);
11625 return dump_subexp_body_standard (exp
, stream
, elt
);
11629 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
; i
+= 1)
11630 elt
= dump_subexp (exp
, stream
, elt
);
11635 /* The Ada extension of print_subexp (q.v.). */
11638 ada_print_subexp (struct expression
*exp
, int *pos
,
11639 struct ui_file
*stream
, enum precedence prec
)
11641 int oplen
, nargs
, i
;
11643 enum exp_opcode op
= exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
;
11645 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, pc
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
11652 print_subexp_standard (exp
, pos
, stream
, prec
);
11656 fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
), stream
);
11659 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
11660 /* XXX: sprint_subexp */
11661 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11662 fputs_filtered (" in ", stream
);
11663 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11664 fputs_filtered ("'range", stream
);
11665 if (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
> 1)
11666 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "(%ld)",
11667 (long) exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
11670 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
11671 if (prec
>= PREC_EQUAL
)
11672 fputs_filtered ("(", stream
);
11673 /* XXX: sprint_subexp */
11674 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11675 fputs_filtered (" in ", stream
);
11676 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_EQUAL
);
11677 fputs_filtered (" .. ", stream
);
11678 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_EQUAL
);
11679 if (prec
>= PREC_EQUAL
)
11680 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
11685 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
11689 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
11694 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_TYPE
)
11696 if (TYPE_CODE (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 1].type
) != TYPE_CODE_VOID
)
11697 LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 1].type
, "", stream
, 0, 0);
11701 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11702 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "'%s", ada_attribute_name (op
));
11707 for (tem
= 1; tem
< nargs
; tem
+= 1)
11709 fputs_filtered ((tem
== 1) ? " (" : ", ", stream
);
11710 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_ABOVE_COMMA
);
11712 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
11717 type_print (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, "", stream
, 0);
11718 fputs_filtered ("'(", stream
);
11719 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_PREFIX
);
11720 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
11723 case UNOP_IN_RANGE
:
11724 /* XXX: sprint_subexp */
11725 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11726 fputs_filtered (" in ", stream
);
11727 LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, "", stream
, 1, 0);
11730 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
11731 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11732 fputs_filtered ("..", stream
);
11733 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11737 fputs_filtered ("others => ", stream
);
11738 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11742 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
-1; i
+= 1)
11745 fputs_filtered ("|", stream
);
11746 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11748 fputs_filtered (" => ", stream
);
11749 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11752 case OP_POSITIONAL
:
11753 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11757 fputs_filtered ("(", stream
);
11758 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
; i
+= 1)
11761 fputs_filtered (", ", stream
);
11762 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11764 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
11769 /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators
11770 and precedences of the operators. */
11772 static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab
[] = {
11773 {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN
, PREC_ASSIGN
, 1},
11774 {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
, PREC_LOGICAL_OR
, 0},
11775 {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
, PREC_LOGICAL_AND
, 0},
11776 {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
, PREC_BITWISE_IOR
, 0},
11777 {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
, PREC_BITWISE_XOR
, 0},
11778 {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND
, PREC_BITWISE_AND
, 0},
11779 {"=", BINOP_EQUAL
, PREC_EQUAL
, 0},
11780 {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL
, PREC_EQUAL
, 0},
11781 {"<=", BINOP_LEQ
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
11782 {">=", BINOP_GEQ
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
11783 {">", BINOP_GTR
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
11784 {"<", BINOP_LESS
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
11785 {">>", BINOP_RSH
, PREC_SHIFT
, 0},
11786 {"<<", BINOP_LSH
, PREC_SHIFT
, 0},
11787 {"+", BINOP_ADD
, PREC_ADD
, 0},
11788 {"-", BINOP_SUB
, PREC_ADD
, 0},
11789 {"&", BINOP_CONCAT
, PREC_ADD
, 0},
11790 {"*", BINOP_MUL
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
11791 {"/", BINOP_DIV
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
11792 {"rem", BINOP_REM
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
11793 {"mod", BINOP_MOD
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
11794 {"**", BINOP_EXP
, PREC_REPEAT
, 0},
11795 {"@", BINOP_REPEAT
, PREC_REPEAT
, 0},
11796 {"-", UNOP_NEG
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
11797 {"+", UNOP_PLUS
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
11798 {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
11799 {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
11800 {"abs ", UNOP_ABS
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
11801 {".all", UNOP_IND
, PREC_SUFFIX
, 1},
11802 {"'access", UNOP_ADDR
, PREC_SUFFIX
, 1},
11803 {"'size", OP_ATR_SIZE
, PREC_SUFFIX
, 1},
11807 enum ada_primitive_types
{
11808 ada_primitive_type_int
,
11809 ada_primitive_type_long
,
11810 ada_primitive_type_short
,
11811 ada_primitive_type_char
,
11812 ada_primitive_type_float
,
11813 ada_primitive_type_double
,
11814 ada_primitive_type_void
,
11815 ada_primitive_type_long_long
,
11816 ada_primitive_type_long_double
,
11817 ada_primitive_type_natural
,
11818 ada_primitive_type_positive
,
11819 ada_primitive_type_system_address
,
11820 nr_ada_primitive_types
11824 ada_language_arch_info (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11825 struct language_arch_info
*lai
)
11827 const struct builtin_type
*builtin
= builtin_type (gdbarch
);
11829 lai
->primitive_type_vector
11830 = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_CALLOC (gdbarch
, nr_ada_primitive_types
+ 1,
11833 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_int
]
11834 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch
),
11836 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_long
]
11837 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_long_bit (gdbarch
),
11838 0, "long_integer");
11839 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_short
]
11840 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_short_bit (gdbarch
),
11841 0, "short_integer");
11842 lai
->string_char_type
11843 = lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_char
]
11844 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, TARGET_CHAR_BIT
, 0, "character");
11845 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_float
]
11846 = arch_float_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch
),
11848 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_double
]
11849 = arch_float_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch
),
11850 "long_float", NULL
);
11851 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_long_long
]
11852 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_long_long_bit (gdbarch
),
11853 0, "long_long_integer");
11854 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_long_double
]
11855 = arch_float_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch
),
11856 "long_long_float", NULL
);
11857 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_natural
]
11858 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch
),
11860 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_positive
]
11861 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch
),
11863 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_void
]
11864 = builtin
->builtin_void
;
11866 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_system_address
]
11867 = lookup_pointer_type (arch_type (gdbarch
, TYPE_CODE_VOID
, 1, "void"));
11868 TYPE_NAME (lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_system_address
])
11869 = "system__address";
11871 lai
->bool_type_symbol
= NULL
;
11872 lai
->bool_type_default
= builtin
->builtin_bool
;
11875 /* Language vector */
11877 /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */
11880 emit_char (int c
, struct type
*type
, struct ui_file
*stream
, int quoter
)
11882 ada_emit_char (c
, type
, stream
, quoter
, 1);
11888 warnings_issued
= 0;
11889 return ada_parse ();
11892 static const struct exp_descriptor ada_exp_descriptor
= {
11894 ada_operator_length
,
11895 ada_operator_check
,
11897 ada_dump_subexp_body
,
11898 ada_evaluate_subexp
11901 const struct language_defn ada_language_defn
= {
11902 "ada", /* Language name */
11906 case_sensitive_on
, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but
11907 that's not quite what this means. */
11909 macro_expansion_no
,
11910 &ada_exp_descriptor
,
11914 ada_printchar
, /* Print a character constant */
11915 ada_printstr
, /* Function to print string constant */
11916 emit_char
, /* Function to print single char (not used) */
11917 ada_print_type
, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */
11918 ada_print_typedef
, /* Print a typedef using appropriate syntax */
11919 ada_val_print
, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */
11920 ada_value_print
, /* Print a top-level value */
11921 NULL
, /* Language specific skip_trampoline */
11922 NULL
, /* name_of_this */
11923 ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal
, /* Looking up non-local symbols. */
11924 basic_lookup_transparent_type
, /* lookup_transparent_type */
11925 ada_la_decode
, /* Language specific symbol demangler */
11926 NULL
, /* Language specific
11927 class_name_from_physname */
11928 ada_op_print_tab
, /* expression operators for printing */
11929 0, /* c-style arrays */
11930 1, /* String lower bound */
11931 ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters
,
11932 ada_make_symbol_completion_list
,
11933 ada_language_arch_info
,
11934 ada_print_array_index
,
11935 default_pass_by_reference
,
11940 /* Provide a prototype to silence -Wmissing-prototypes. */
11941 extern initialize_file_ftype _initialize_ada_language
;
11943 /* Command-list for the "set/show ada" prefix command. */
11944 static struct cmd_list_element
*set_ada_list
;
11945 static struct cmd_list_element
*show_ada_list
;
11947 /* Implement the "set ada" prefix command. */
11950 set_ada_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11952 printf_unfiltered (_(\
11953 "\"set ada\" must be followed by the name of a setting.\n"));
11954 help_list (set_ada_list
, "set ada ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
11957 /* Implement the "show ada" prefix command. */
11960 show_ada_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11962 cmd_show_list (show_ada_list
, from_tty
, "");
11966 _initialize_ada_language (void)
11968 add_language (&ada_language_defn
);
11970 add_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class
, set_ada_command
,
11971 _("Prefix command for changing Ada-specfic settings"),
11972 &set_ada_list
, "set ada ", 0, &setlist
);
11974 add_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class
, show_ada_command
,
11975 _("Generic command for showing Ada-specific settings."),
11976 &show_ada_list
, "show ada ", 0, &showlist
);
11978 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("trust-PAD-over-XVS", class_obscure
,
11979 &trust_pad_over_xvs
, _("\
11980 Enable or disable an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types"), _("\
11981 Show whether an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types is activated"),
11983 This is related to the encoding used by the GNAT compiler. The debugger\n\
11984 should normally trust the contents of PAD types, but certain older versions\n\
11985 of GNAT have a bug that sometimes causes the information in the PAD type\n\
11986 to be incorrect. Turning this setting \"off\" allows the debugger to\n\
11987 work around this bug. It is always safe to turn this option \"off\", but\n\
11988 this incurs a slight performance penalty, so it is recommended to NOT change\n\
11989 this option to \"off\" unless necessary."),
11990 NULL
, NULL
, &set_ada_list
, &show_ada_list
);
11992 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
11993 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
11994 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11995 catch_ada_exception_command
,
11999 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
12000 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
12001 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
12002 catch_assert_command
,
12007 varsize_limit
= 65536;
12009 obstack_init (&symbol_list_obstack
);
12011 decoded_names_store
= htab_create_alloc
12012 (256, htab_hash_string
, (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) streq
,
12013 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
12015 observer_attach_executable_changed (ada_executable_changed_observer
);
12017 /* Setup per-inferior data. */
12018 observer_attach_inferior_exit (ada_inferior_exit
);
12020 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (ada_inferior_data_cleanup
);